Home

Bitdefender Internet Security 2010

1. Scan Target of Full System Scan System Scan and Deep System Scan will scan all local drives while Quick System Scan will only scan the Windows and Program Files folders Click OK to close the window To run the task just click Scan Antivirus 144 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Scheduling Scan Tasks With complex tasks the scanning process will take some time and it will work best if you close all other programs That is why it is best for you to schedule such tasks when you are not using your computer and it has gone into the idle mode To see the schedule of a specific task or to modify it right click the task and select Schedule If you are already in a task s Properties window select the Scheduler tab The following window will appear Overview Properties Scheduled No Schedule No O once O Periodically At system startup Every Start date Start time Scheduler You can see the task schedule if any When scheduling a task you must choose one of the following options Not Scheduled launches the task only when the user requests it Once launches the scan only once at a certain moment Specify the start date and time in the Start Date Time fields Periodically launches the scan periodically at certain time intervals minutes hours days weeks months starting wi
2. Application Init DLLs 0 Vulnerability amp amp Winlogon Notify 11 OO 5 INI Items 2 Encryption Win ini Items 0 cc System ini Items 2 Game Laptop Mode 5 Known DLLs 21 Eom Network File Associations 8 gt Update Selected Item Description Privacy Control gt Registration Executable shells _ These settings are located in the registry This is the list detected as being the main components and settings on your system Select any item to see a detailed description System Information The list contains all the items loaded when starting the system as well as the items loaded by different applications Three buttons are available e Restore changes a current file association to default Available for the File Associations settings only e Go to opens a window where the selected item is placed the Registry for example Note Depending on the selected item the Go to button may not appear Refresh re opens the System Info section General 120 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 18 Antivirus BitDefender protects your computer from all kinds of malware viruses Trojans spyware rootkits and so on The protection BitDefender offers is divided into two categories Real time protection prevents new malware threats from entering your system BitDefender will for example scan a word document f
3. Parental The Parental module consists of two sections e Status Area Allows you to see if Parental Control is configured and to enable disable tracking this module s activity Quick Tasks This is where you can find links to the most important security tasks system scan deep scan update now 14 1 Status Area The current status of the Parental Control module is indicated using explicit sentences and one of the following icons Green circle with a check mark No issues affect the component Red circle with an exclamation mark Issues affect the component The sentences describing issues are written in red Just click the Fix button corresponding to a sentence to fix the reported issue The most common issue reported for this module is Parental Control is not configured Parental 98 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 If you want BitDefender to monitor the Parental Control module click Configure Status Tracking and select the Enable alerts check box for this module 14 2 Quick Tasks This is where you can find links to the most important security tasks Update Now starts an immediate update e System Scan starts a full scan of your computer archives excluded Deep System Scan starts a full scan of your computer archives included 14 2 1 Updating BitDefender New malware is found and identified every day This is why it is very important to keep BitDefender up to date with th
4. BitDefender Configuration Wizard BitDefender Update Below you can check the status for the BitDefender Update process After the update finishes the on demand scan willl start automatically Click Finish to close this wizard Status Last update installed successfully Total update 26KB Downloaded 26 KB V Last update installed successfully To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Task Status Wait for BitDefender to update its malware signatures and scanning engines As soon as the update is completed a quick system scan will be started The scan will be performed silently in the background You can notice the scan progress icon in the system tray You can click this icon to open the scan window and to see the scan progress Click Finish to complete the wizard You do not have to wait for the scan to complete Installing BitDefender 17 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note The scan will take a few minutes When it is over open the scan window and check the scan results to see if your system is clean If viruses were detected during the scan you should immediately open BitDefender and run a full system scan Installing BitDefender 18 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 4 Upgrade You can upgrade to BitDefender Internet Security 2010 if you are
5. IM Contact Information Name E mail or IM ID IM application Yahoo Messenger Action O Block Allow Add contacts to the list of controlled IM contacts in order to block allow the instant messages sent to received From them Add IM contact 2 Type the contact s name in the Name field 3 Type the e mail address or the user name used by the IM contact in the E mail or IM ID field 4 Choose the IM program the contact associates with 5 Select the action for this rule Block or Allow 6 Click Finish to add the rule 20 7 2 Managing Instant Messaging IM Control Rules The IM Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window The name IM ID IM application and the current status are listed for each IM Control rule To edit a rule select it click the Edit button and make the necessary changes in the configuration window To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button You must also select what action BitDefender Parental Control should take on IM contacts for which no rules have been created Select Block or Allow IM with all the contacts except the ones in the list Parental Control 197 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 21 Privacy Control BitDefender monitors dozens of potential hotspots in your system where spyware might act and also checks any changes made to your system
6. Glick the Finish button to exit the Setup Wizard Q Installation Steps Installing BitDefender 5 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Follow these steps to install BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 Click Next You can cancel installation anytime you want by clicking Cancel BitDefender Internet Security 2010 alerts you if you have other antivirus products installed on your computer Click Remove to uninstall the corresponding product If you want to continue without removing the detected products click Next Warning It is highly recommended that you uninstall any other antivirus products detected before installing BitDefender Running two or more antivirus products at the same time on a computer usually renders the system unusable 2 Please read the License Agreement and click I agree Important A If you do not agree to these terms click Cancel The installation process will be abandoned and you will exit setup 3 Select the type of installation to be performed e Typical to install the program immediately using the default installation options If you choose this option skip to Step 6 e Custom to configure the installation options and then install the program This option allows you to change the installation path 4 By default BitDefender Internet Security 2010 will be installed in C Program Files BitDefender BitDefender 2010 If you want to change the installation path click Browse a
7. Opens an existing File Vault Open File Vault Proceed as follows 1 Choose a drive letter from the menu 2 Type the vault password in the Password field 3 Click Open BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window 24 2 3 Locking a Vault When you are done with your work in a file vault you must lock it in orderto protect your data By locking the vault the corresponding virtual disk drive disappears from My Computer Consequently access to the data stored in the vault is completely blocked To lock a vault use any of these methods Encryption 239 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Select the vault from the table and click Lock vault e Right click the vault in the table and select Lock e Right click the corresponding virtual disk drive from My Computer point to BitDefender File Vault and select Lock BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window 24 2 4 Changing Vault Password The vault must be locked before you can change its password To change the password of a vault use any of these methods Select the vault from the table and click Change password e Right click the vault in the table and select Change
8. Summary Click Next Step 6 6 Results This is where you can view the vault content Wizards 75 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Display File Vault Content These are the files stored in the currently selected File Vault Results Click Finish 11 4 2 Remove Vault Files This wizard helps you remove files from a specific file vault Step 1 5 Select Vault Here you can specify the vault to remove files from Wizards 76 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Remove Vault Files Select File Vault BitDefender File Vault Functions similar to bank vaults you choose what you want to secure you create a vault with a password you deposit and then you close the vault If this is the first time you use BitDefender File Encryption you will have to create a new File Vault Please choose one of the options below Browse for a File Vault Select an Existing File Vault File Vault name O EAScriptsVWks all tests TestbedFileVaultfvtest2 bvd Select an existing File Vault Select Vault If you select Browse for a File Vault you must click Browse and select the file vault You will go either to the step 3 if the selected vault is opened mounted or to the step 2 if it is locked unmounted If you click Select an existing File Vault then you must click the desired vault name You will go either to the step 3 if the selected
9. 1 want to register BitDefender with a license key Enter license key Don t have a license key Buy one now To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Registration BitDefender Internet Security 2010 comes with 30 day trial period To continue evaluating the product select want to evaluate BitDefender and click Next To register BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 Select I want to evaluate BitDefender with a license key 2 Type the license key in the edit field D Note You can find your license key e on the CD label on the product registration card e in the online purchase e mail If you do not have a BitDefender license key click the provided link to go to the BitDefender online store and buy one 3 Click Register Now 4 Click Next If a valid BitDefender license key is detected on your system you can continue using this key by clicking Next Installing BitDefender 8 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 1 2 Step 2 2 Create a BitDefender Account Registration Wizard BitDefender Account To have access to the antimalware updates and technical support activate BitDefender by creating signing in an account Activation can be delayed for 15 days For evaluation versions and for 30 days for registered versions More info http www bitdefende
10. Setting Description Antivirus Real time protection ensures that all files are scanned as they are accessed by you or by an application running on this system Automatic Update Automatic update ensures that the newest BitDefender product and signature files are downloaded and installed automatically on a regular basis Vulnerability Check Automatic vulnerability check ensures that crucial software on your PC is up to date Antispam Antispam filters the e mail messages that you receive marking unsolicited and junk mail as SPAM Antiphishing Antiphishing detects and alerts you in real time if a web page is set up to steal personal information Identity Control Identity Control helps you prevent your personal data from being sent out on the Internet without your consent It blocks any instant messages e mail messages or web forms transmitting data you defined as being private to unauthorized recipients addresses IM Encryption IM Instant Messaging Encryption secures your conversations via Yahoo Messenger and Windows Live Messenger provided that your IM contacts use a compatible BitDefender product and IM software Parental Control Parental Control restricts the computer and online activities of your children based on the rules you Configuring Basic Settings 42 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 defined Restrictions may include blocking inappropriate web sites as well as limiting gaming and Internet access accor
11. 0 00 cece eee eee 250 26 3 Managing the BitDefender Network 00 0 en 252 21 Update acers roren ern UORCR UR QUE NE ERU ERU Mad e 255 viii BitDefender Internet Security 2010 27 1 Automatic Update oou nA on Retriever pere AS er in 255 27 1 1 Requesting an Update drop eR OD RIS neo AA 256 27 1 2 Disabling Automatic Update erem e es 257 27 2 Update SCUINGS S rreraren orbi onde ae ae AN dba pi Op eee eae 257 27 2 1 Setting Update locatilohs omo eros Re ERA ERU Rape 258 27 2 2 Configuring Automatic Update 5 crecer eene eats 259 27 2 3 Configuring Manual Updates emere ERR hn e eR eas URS 259 27 2 4 Configuring Advanced SettingS cnr exem rennen e 259 27 2 5 Managing PrOXIGS 2s tedea e wd ap ance ag ances aA ax rae 260 28 RegistratiOl aii edere iana a Pu EDO LRL n e s 262 28 1 Registering BitDefender Internet Security 2010 0 0 eee eee 262 28 2 Creating a BitDefender Account 0 0 0 eee ee 263 Integration into Windows and Third Party Software 267 29 Integration into Windows Contextual Menu sssses 268 29 1 Scan with BitDefender 0 cece eee nene 268 29 2 BitDefender File Vault 1 54 2 osna yale ed alee enna iures urnen aie eren 269 29 2 1 Create Vault uus eoo ERE uet ks Sete ddp ken Re P Ded a s ier d 270 29 2 2 Open Vault seien emet Sors pbUe NES Sorgen ded met Sopa radars 271 29 2 3 LOCK Vault 122 os dusted t
12. 1 Lufuiasbnn Trust Level Stealth M Gene Addresses Antispam Local Area Connecti Trustedlocal v Remote v No v 10 10 15 244 16 10 10 0 1 gt gt Parental Control Privacy Control Firewall gt Vulnerability gt Encryption gt Game Laptop Mode gt eset Adapter Zones Trust Level gt Update E A Local Area Connection 3 nne 3 BB 10 10 10 10 Allow gt Registration Here you can configure different zones types for each adapter The zones settings have a higher priority than the Firewall rules Network The columns in the Network Configuration table provide detailed information on the network you are connected to Adapter the network adapter your computer uses to connect to the network or the Internet e Trust Level the trust level assigned to the network adapter Depending on the network adapter configuration BitDefender may automatically assign the adapter a trust level or prompt you for more information e Stealth Mode whether you can be detected by other computers Generic Profile whether generic rules are applied to this connection Addresses the IP address configured on the adapter e Gateways the IP address your computer uses to connect to Internet Firewall 219 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 22 2 1 Changing the Trust Level BitDefender assigns each network adapter a trust level The
13. 10 10 0 24 p Action Add zone Proceed as follows 1 Select the IP address of the computer you want to add Firewall 221 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 2 Select the action Allow to allow all traffic between your computer and the selected computer e Deny to block all traffic between your computer and the selected computer 3 Click OK 22 3 Rules To manage the firewall rules controlling applications access to network resources and Internet go to Firewall gt Rules in Expert Mode Settings nemor Rutes EL Firewall Rules Z Hide System Rules itio m Process Adapter Types Cmd Line Protocol NetworkEvents Local Ports Remote P Local Action Parental Control d hildade kttselect12 vbapi exe MM ey hildade k tselect12 vbapiserv exe Privacy Control E 2 hi dade k tselect12 tools md5tool_v2 exe fy firewal a d program files internet explorer iexplore exe Vulnerability Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Update Registration sss ties Click here to add a new customized Firewall rule Firewall Rules You can see the applications processes for which firewall rules have been created Clear the Hide system rules check box if you want to also see the rules regarding the system or the BitDefender processes To see the rules created for a specific applicati
14. Click here to configure BitDefender to block the user s access to a specific application Applications Control To enable this protection select the check box corresponding to Enable Application Control Parental Control 192 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 20 5 1 Creating Application Control Rules To block or restrict access to an application follow these steps 1 Click Block Application or Restrict Application A new window will appear Application Info Application name Application path Browse Action Block permanently Block based on this schedule Day Hour 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Uncheck all Check all Allowec Blocked Enter a relevant name for this rule This is how the rule will be identified in the list of rules Specify Application 2 Click Browse to locate the application to which you want to block restrict access 3 Select the action of the rule Block permanently to block access to the application completely Block based on this schedule to restrict access to certain time intervals If you choose to restrict access rather than block the application completely you must also select from the grid the days and the time intervals during which access is blocked You can click individual cells or you can click and drag to cover longer periods Also you
15. Confiaure Status Tracki Parental Control Privacy Control Statistics Overview Scanned files Last update 29 06 2009 12 13 18 Firewall Disinfected files 1 BitDefender Account Product not activated Infected files detected 8 Registration Trial Last system scan never Expires in po Next scan 30 06 2009 02 00 00 Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network update File Activity Network Activity 14 gt gt k gt Vulnerability gt Registration The dashboard module displays the product security status together with links to the most important product modules Dashboard The dashboard consists of several sections Overall Status Informs you of any issues affecting the security of your computer e Statistics Displays important information regarding the BitDefender activity Overview Displays the update status your account status registration and license information e File Activity Indicates the evolution of the number of objects scanned by BitDefender Antimalware The height of the bar indicates the intensity of the traffic during that time interval General 112 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Network Activity Indicates the evolution of the network traffic filtered by BitDefender Firewall The height of the bar indicates the intensity of the traffic during that time interval 17 1 1 Overall Status This is
16. General Parental Control Settings GB Send me an activity report via e mail w Save an internet traffic log iafolMiotions settings a tbo Users Windows Accounts To control the access to the internet for someone you have to create a Windows Account For that person first Vulnerability Web Web Limiter Applications Keywords Messaging Dum amirea Encryption B 7 o v we moir Game Laptop Mode Home Network Update Registration Displays the list of users Windows accounts defined on your PC and the status of the corresponding Parental Control modules Parental Control You can see information regarding the Parental Control status for each Windows user account The age category is listed below each user name if Parental Control is enabled If Parental Control is disabled the status is not configured Additionally you can see the status of each Parental Control feature per user Green circle with a check mark The feature is enabled Red circle with an exclamation mark The feature is disabled Cick the Modify button next to a user name to open the window where you can configure the Parental Control settings for the respective user account The following sections in this chapter present in detail the Parental Control features and how to configure them 20 1 Configuring Parental Control For A User To configure the Parental Control for a specific user
17. Red triangle with an exclamation mark Critical issues affect the security of your system They require your immediate attention and must be fixed as soon as possible Yellow triangle with an exclamation mark Non critical issues affect the security of your system You should check and fix them when you have the time Letter G The product operates in Game Mode If BitDefender is not working the system tray icon is grayed out amp This usually happens when the license key expires It can also occur when the BitDefender services are not responding or when other errors affect the normal operation of BitDefender 6 4 Scan Activity Bar The Scan activity bar is a graphic visualization of the scanning activity on your system This small window is by default available only in Expert Mode Overview 30 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 The gray bars the File Zone show the number of scanned files per second on a scale from 0 to 50 The orange bars displayed in the Net Zone show the number of Kbytes transferred sent and received from the Internet every second on a scale from 0 to 100 o Note Scan Activity Bar The Scan activity bar will notify you when real time protection or the Firewall is disabled by displaying a red cross over the corresponding area File Zone or Net Zone 6 4 1 Scan Files and Folders You can use the Scan activity bar to quickly scan files and folders Drag the file or folder y
18. Register BitDefender Internet Security 2010 8 3 1 2 Step 2 2 Create a BitDefender Account 0c cece eee eens 9 3 2 COMMOUFALL ON WIZaE s osea eq al eeu REOR REG a PAY Rb gre Von NO 11 3 2 1 Step 1 Select Usage Profile vc encore eee mcr em ree eme 11 32252 Step 2 Describe COmpUuter x cpm exa c ea apre RR A QR EUCH DE R 12 3 2 3 Step 3 Select User Interface ciie socencece pea p onne i 13 3 2 4 Step 4 Configure Parental Control cee eee 14 3 2 5 Step 5 Configure BitDefender Network 0 cece ee eee eee 15 3 2 6 Step 6 Select the Tasks to Be RUN 1 eee 16 3 2 7 908p 7 ARMS ned vieta eee eere pra t n ceres 17 4 Upra dE aindeon secet dedero E irre o toe RR SR Ia E sad 19 5 Repairing or Removing BitDefender 0c cece eee e eee ees 20 eruere T 21 6 OVeIVIBW poss deeacetueub e yip n oai or a aai ai EEE elute 22 6 1 Opening BitDefendet sis osc eo roter es ey pr ner RE RE ERR ERI IDE PER Gedy g 22 6 2 User Interface View Modes 0 cece cece e eee nes 22 6 21 Novice MOGG cs Loose ture o mee rrinee ote wet beoe nae 23 6 2 2 Intermediate ModE ia oss iorura anms erecti eme print aatia ges irit aps 25 6 2 3 Expert Mode i eooes sme ch ve ipee eer Pange cie des P pack grs 27 6 3 System Tray ICOM ii ioo e rgs re e FR RO a EDERE kia OK REDE os 30 6 4 Sean Activity Bar 25er emere exa quete nadia we SS PES 30 6 4 1 S
19. e A number of legitimate e mail messages are marked as spam e Many spam messages are not marked accordingly by the antispam filter e The antispam filter does not detect any spam message 35 4 1 Legitimate Messages Are Marked as spam Legitimate messages are marked as spam simply because they look like spam tothe BitDefender antispam filter You can normally solve this problem by adequately configuring the Antispam filter BitDefender automatically adds the receivers of your e mail messages to a Friends List The e mail messages received from the contacts in the Friends list are considered to be legitimate They are not verified by the antispam filter and thus they are never marked as spam The automatic configuration of the Friends list does not preventthe detection errors that may occur in these situations You receive a lot of solicited commercial mail as a result of subscribing on various websites In this case the solution is to add the e mail addresses from which you receive such e mail messages to the Friends list A significant part of your legitimate mail is from people to whom you never e mailed before such as customers potential business partners and others Other solutions are required in this case If you are using one of the mail clients BitDefender integrates into try the following solutions 1 Indicate detection errors This is used to train the Learning Engine Bayesian of the antispam filter and i
20. e Internet Explorer e Mozilla Firefox You can easily and efficiently manage antiphishing protection and the White List using the BitDefender Antiphishing toolbar integrated into one of the above web browsers The antiphishing toolbar represented by the 6 BitDefender icon is located on the topside of browser Click it in order to open the toolbar menu Note If you cannot see the toolbar open the View menu point to Toolbars and check BitDefender Toolbar Antivirus software BitDefender The future of security now Windows Internet Explorer go http w bitdefender com A 42 X cooole File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Disable ern ie Settings oftware BitDefender The future of secu Add to White List White Lists lal 7 Report as Phishing United States English v enter query here Help About Home Home Office Business Partners Downloads Defense Center My BitDefender W Cart Products Comparison Chart Downloads Support Store Finally security that won t slow you down Top Proactive Protection from Viruses Spyware and other e Threats Home Users Business Antiphishing Toolbar The following commands are available on the toolbar menu Integration into Web Browsers 275 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Enable Disable enables disables the BitDefender antiphishing protection in the current web browser
21. 20 1 2 Setting Age Category The heuristic web filter analyzes web pages and blocks those that match the patterns of potentially inappropriate content In order to filter web access according to a predefined age based ruleset you must set a specific tolerance level Drag the slider along the scale to set the tolerance level you consider appropriate for the selected user There are 3 tolerance levels Tolerance level Description Child Offers restricted web access according to the recommended settings for users under the age of 14 Web pages with potentially harmful content for children porn sexuality drugs hacking etc are blocked Teenager Offers restricted web access according to the recommended settings for users from 14 to 18 years Web pages with sexual pornographic or adult content are blocked Adult Offers unrestricted access to all web pages regardless of their content Click Default Level to set the slider at default level If you want more control over the type of content the user is exposed to on the Internet you can define the categories of web content that will be blocked by the web filter To choose which types of web content will be blocked click Custom Categories A new window will appear Parental Control 184 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Adult Profile Categories v Pornography Illegal Activities Hate Violence Racism Narcotics Online Payment v vj Drugs AlcoholjCigars Online D
22. 24 eani T tianendeienantianedoameaantinnan seinen 234 24 1 Instant Messaging IM Encryption sssssssss esee 234 24 1 1 Disabling Encryption for Specific Users 0 235 24 2 Flle ERCEy DEOR ere arbre ear arr e p e CORTE RE ER rere ae A GRE e a RE 236 24 21 Creatingea Vaulk s ss sme trate Re E a SIE E ona De REUS OO OT RARE a 237 24 2 2 Opening a Valls oeste haer RR REC e RR RR RAE E DR da 239 24 2 3 LOCKING Valli vrii deer een aE Ponape ENE PUE pa n eR i aa 239 24 2 4 Changing Vault PassWord 5 cum eia rro e ace aun un da iUe arn 240 24 2 5 Adding Files to a Vault anien nannies outa tt oe seat de on RR aya tins 241 24 2 6 Removing Files from a Vault sterner metro vertente feed d prre tas 241 25 Game Laptop Mode ooi teh ema b es 243 25 1 Game Mode ise oue opea rt eque a aay ED ddr tdi don agp ede 243 25 1 1 Configuring Automatic Game Mode cece eee 244 25 1 2 Managing the Game List soos oer rte rt ep e 245 25 1 3 Configuring Game Mode Settings 0 eee eee 246 25 1 4 Changing Game Mode Hotkey 0 0 0 0 e cece eee eee 247 25 2 Laptop Mode ioco resero e pe e ue pee E EE need re ER EE PR TAS 247 25 2 1 Configuring Laptop Mode Settings 0 cc cece eee 248 26 Home NetwWOFK ioi rre ore reor rere EE PERRO RR eR RE 249 26 1 Joining the BitDefender Network 000s cece cece ee eee rh 249 26 2 Adding Computers to the BitDefender Network
23. 4 Configure the monitoring options for this user as needed e Send me an activity report via e mail An e mail notification is sent every time BitDefender Parental Control blocks an activity for this user Save an internet traffic log Logs the websites visited by the user For more information please refer to Monitoring Children Activity p 186 5 Click an icon or a tab to configure the corresponding Parental Control feature Parental Control 182 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Web to filter web navigation according to the rules set by you in the Web section Applications to block access to the applications specified by you in the Applications section Keywords to filter web mail and instant messaging access according to the rules set by you in the Keywords section e IM to allow or block chat with IM contacts according to the rules set by you in the IM Traffic section Time Limiter to allow web access according to the timetable set by you in the Time Limiter section Note D To learn how to configure them please refer to the following topics in this chapter To completely block access to the internet click the Block Internet button 20 1 1 Protecting Parental Control Settings If you are not the only person with administrative rights using this computer it is recommended that you protect your Parental Control settings with a password By setting a password you will prevent other use
24. Internet Connection Sharing ICS Firewall 217 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note D This option does not automatically enable ICS on your system but only allows this type of connection in case you enable it from your operating system Internet Connection Sharing ICS enables members of local area networks to connect to the Internet through your computer This is useful when you benefit from a special particular Internet connection e g wireless connection and you want to share it with other members of your network Sharing your Internet connection with members of local area networks leads to a higher resource consumption level and may involve a certain risk It also takes off some of your ports those opened by the members who are using your Internet connection Detect applications that changed since the firewall rule has been created checks each application attempting to connect to the Internet to see if it has been changed since the rule controlling its access was added If the application has been changed an alert will prompt you to allow or to block the access of the application to the Internet Usually applications are changed by updates But there is a risk that they might be changed by malware applications with the purpose of infecting your computer and other computers in the network Note 9 We recommend you to keep this option selected and to allow access only to those applications that you expect to ha
25. Please choose one of the options below CO Create New File Vault O Browse for a File Vault Browse nm Select an Existing File Vault File Vault name Oo E Scripts Wks_all_tests Testbed File ault fytest2 byd Select an existing File Vault Select Vault If you select Browse for a File Vault you must click Browse and select the file vault You will go either to the step 5 if the selected vault is opened mounted or to the step 4 if it is locked unmounted If you click Select an existing File Vault then you must click the desired vault name You will go either to the step 5 if the selected vault is opened mounted or to the step 4 if it is locked unmounted Select Create New File Vault if none of the existing vaults are suitable for your needs You will go to the step 3 Click Next Wizards 72 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 3 6 Create Vault This is where you can specify information for the new Vault Add Files to Vault Create File Vault Please specify the new File Vault password and configure where the File Vault should be stored and what size it should have Enter File Vault path Browse Drive letter AY Password The password must be at least 8 characters long Confirm password Enter the File Vault Size MB Create Vault To complete the file vault related information follow these steps 1 Click Browse and
26. Security Status Protect Your PC WARNING 3 issues are affecting the security status of this PC Maintain Your PC Click to expand To find out more about each option displayed in the User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Novice Mode The window is organized into three main sections e Security Status informs you of the issues that affect your computer s security and helps you fix them By clicking Fix All Issues a wizard will help you easily remove any threats to your computer and data security For detailed information please refer to Fixing Issues p 37 e Protect Your PC is where you can find the necessary tasks to protect your computer and data The available tasks you can perform are different depending on the selected usage profile The Scan Now button starts a standard scan of your system for viruses spyware and other malware The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process For detailed information about this wizard please refer to Antivirus Scan Wizard p 52 The Update Now button helps you update the virus signature and product files of BitDefender A new window will appear where you can see the update status If updates are detected they are automatically downloaded and installed on your computer gt When the Typical profile is selected the Vulnerabilities Check button start
27. You can save the Spammers list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product To save the Spammers list click the Save button and save it to the desired location The file will have a bwl extension To load a previously saved Spammers list click the Load button and open the corresponding bwl file To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list select Overwrite the current list Click Apply and OK to save and close the Spammers list Important A If you want to reinstall BitDefender it s a good idea to save the Friends Spammers lists before and after the reinstallation process is over you may load them 19 3 Settings To configure the antispam settings and filters go to Antispam gt Settings in Expert Mode Antispam 177 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Antispam Settings v Mark spam messages in subject r Mark phishing messages in subject 77 NN sc atopa ers Enable Friends Spammers lists ol jaanta Contr v Automatically add recipients to Friends list Privacy Control v Automatically add to Friends list when clicking on Not Spam n1 O Automatically add to Spammers list when clicking on Is Spam Firewall V Block e mails written in Asian characters Ss Block e mails written in Cyrillic characters Vulnerability Advanced Antispam Filters E Iv Enable the Learning Engine Bayesian Maixepten Limit the dictionary size t
28. advertisers to track your online interests and tastes In this realm cookie technology is still being developed and the intention is to target ads directly to what you ve said your interests are It s a double edge sword for many people because on one hand it s efficient and pertinent as you only see ads about what you re interested in On the other hand it involves actually tracking and following where you go and what you click Understandably so there is a debate over privacy and many people feel offended by the notion that they are viewed as a SKU number you know the bar code on the back of packages that gets scanned at the grocery check out line While this viewpoint may be extreme in some cases it is accurate Disk drive It s a machine that reads data from and writes data onto a disk A hard disk drive reads and writes hard disks A floppy drive accesses floppy disks Disk drives can be either internal housed within a computer or external housed in a separate box that connects to the computer Download To copy data usually an entire file from a main source to a peripheral device The term is often used to describe the process of copying a file from an online service to one s own computer Downloading can also refer to copying a file from a network file server to a computer on the network E mail Electronic mail A service that sends messages on computers via local or global networks Events An action or occurrenc
29. click the Security tab Quick Tasks This PC has never been scanned for viruses agsetemscan e BitDefender is not activated mum CI G Antispam is enabled Qu etn oid o Vulnerability Scan detected issues on this PC gt The Security module displays the status of components such as Antivirus Antiphishing Firewall Antispam Vulnerability Check and Update modules together with links to Antivirus Update and Vulnerability Check tasks Security The Security module consists of two sections e Status Area Displays the current status of all monitored security components and allows you to choose which of the components should be monitored Quick Tasks This is where you can find links to the most important security tasks update now system scan my documents scan deep system scan custom scan vulnerability scan 13 1 Status Area The status area is where you can see the complete list of monitored security components and their current status By monitoring each security module BitDefender will let you know not only when you configure settings that might affect your computer s security but also when you forget to do important tasks The current status of a component is indicated using explicit sentences and one of the following icons Green circle with a check mark No issues affect the component Security 92 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Red circle with an ex
30. password Home Network 249 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Enter Home Network Password A password is required in order to join or to create a network for security reasons It will guard the access to your computer via the home network Password Retype password Configure Password 2 Type the same password in each of the edit fields 3 Click OK You can see the computer name appearing in the network map 26 2 Adding Computers to the BitDefender Network Before you can add a computer to the BitDefender home network you must configure the BitDefender home management password on the respective computer To add a computer to the BitDefender home network follow these steps 1 Click Add Computer You will be prompted to provide the local home management password Please enter here the password that you have set when you enabled Home Management on this PC Password C Don t show this message again during this session Enter Password 2 Type the home management password and click OK A new window will appear Home Network 250 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Computer E Jesidchash ET Joanescu EZ santon E sbadeoz ET obartu E ebuzachis EI acalita E771 acalta tst IP or Computer Name Add Computer You can see the list of computers in the network The icon me
31. scheduled tasks are by default not performed BitDefender detects when your laptop has switched to battery power and it automatically enters Laptop Mode Likewise BitDefender automatically exits Laptop Mode when it detects the laptop is no longer running on battery Game Laptop Mode 247 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 To configure Laptop Mode go to Game Laptop Mode gt Laptop Mode in Expert Mode General Laptop Mode is enabled gt gt Antispam v Enable this module to modify Antivirus scan tasks schedules ES a O Skip task Postpone task Parental Control gt Privacy Control gt Firewall gt Vulnerability gt Encryption gt Home Network gt Update gt Registration Choose this option to skip an Antivirus scan task if Laptop Mode is on in order to save up battery power You can see whether Laptop Mode is enabled or not If Laptop Mode is enabled BitDefender will apply the configured settings while the laptop is running on battery 25 2 1 Configuring Laptop Mode Settings To configure the behaviour on scheduled tasks use these options Enable this module to modify Antivirus scan tasks schedules to prevent scheduled scan tasks from running while in Laptop Mode You can choose one of the following options Option Description Skip Task Do not run the scheduled task at all Postpone Task Run the scheduled task immed
32. sends to the BitDefender Labs reports regarding viruses identified in your computer It helps us keep track of virus outbreaks The reports will contain no confidential data such as your name IP address or others and will not be used for commercial purposes The information supplied will contain only the virus name and will be used solely to create statistic reports e Enable BitDefender Outbreak Detection sends to the BitDefender Labs reports regarding potential virus outbreaks The reports will contain no confidential data such as your name IP address or others and will not be used for commercial purposes The information supplied will contain only the potential virus and will be used solely to detect new viruses 17 3 System Information BitDefender allows you to view from a single location all system settings and the applications registered to run at startup In this way you can monitor the activity of the system and of the applications installed on it as well as identify possible system infections To obtain system information go to General gt System Info in Expert Mode General 119 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 o Dashboard Settings system Info Current System Settings B Startup Items 2 Current User Startup List 0 N All Users Startup List 0 Parental Control amp Load Items 5 EET i Userinit 1 Current User Shell Item not found Firewall Local Machine Shell 1
33. the corresponding option You must specify the frequency with which to submit files Note By default BitDefender will automatically submit quarantined files every 60 minutes Scan quarantined files after update To automatically scan quarantined files after each update performed check the corresponding option You can choose to automatically move back the cleaned files to their original location by selecting Restore clean files Click OK to save the changes and close the window Antivirus 167 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 19 Antispam BitDefender Antispam employs remarkable technological innovations and industry standard antispam filters to weed out spam before it reaches the user s Inbox 19 1 Antispam Insights Spam is a growing problem both for individuals and for organizations It s not pretty you wouldn t want your kids to see it it can get you fired for wasting too much time or from receiving porn in your office mail and you can t stop people from sending it The next best thing to that is obviously to stop receiving it Unfortunately Spam comes in a wide range of shapes and sizes and there s a lot of it 19 1 1 Antispam Filters The BitDefender Antispam Engine incorporates several different filters that ensure your Inbox to be SPAM free Friends list Soammers list Charset filter Image filter URL filter NeuNet Heuristic filter and Bayesian filter Note You can enable disable each one of the
34. tried next Finally if those do not work either the proxy settings of the current user will be taken from the default browser and used to connect to the Internet Click OK to save the changes and close the window Click Apply to save the changes or click Default to load the default settings Update 261 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 28 Registration To find complete information on your BitDefender product and the registration status go to Registration in Expert Mode Product Information BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Version 13 0 13 gt Parental Control Registration Information gt Privacy Control The license key For this product will expire in 30 days After this period your PC will not gt Firewall be protected License Key BE1B409B7E067AD03090 gt Vulnerability Action gt Encryption ni gemere imi gt Update Registration This section displays Product Information the BitDefender product and version Registration Information the e mail address used to log your BitDefender account if configured the current license key and how many days are left until the license expires 28 1 Registering BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click Register Now to open the product registration window Registration 262 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Registration Wizard BitDefender Registration Current Lic
35. 128 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Important Keep the Active Virus Control enabled in order to be protected against unknown viruses If you want to be alerted and prompted for action by Active Virus Control whenever an application tries to perform a possible malicious action select the Ask me before taking an action check box Configuring the Protection Level The AVC protection level automatically changes when you set a new real time protection level If you are not satisfied with the default setting you can manually configure the protection level Note Keep in mind that if you change the current real time protection level the AVC protection level will change accordingly If you set real time protection to Permissive the BitDefender Active Virus Control is automatically disabled and you cannot configure it Drag the slider along the scale to set the protection level that best fits your security needs Critical Strict monitoring of all applications for possible malicious actions Default Detection rates are high and false positives are possible Medium Application monitoring is moderate some false positives are still possible Permissive Detection rates are low and there are no false positives Managing the List of Trusted Untrusted Applications You can add applications you know and trust to the list of trusted applications These applications will no longer be checked by the BitDefender Active Virus Control
36. 16m 2s 15m 57s 15m 57s 13m 15s 13m 14s 16m 0s 15m 59s 16m 4s 15m 58s 16m 3s 15m 59s 16m Os 15m 59s 15m 59s 15m 59s 16m 3s 16m 3s ination Increase log verbosity This is where you can see all the active processes on your system and details on each of them Connection Control Firewall 229 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 You can see the total traffic sorted by application For each application you can see the connections and the open ports as well as statistics regarding the outgoing amp incoming traffic speed and the total amount of data sent received If you want to see the inactive processes too clear the Hide inactive processes check box The meaning of the icons is as follows e amp Indicates an outgoing connection e amp Indicates an incoming connection e amp Indicates an open port on your computer The window presents the current network Internet activity in real time As connections or ports are closed you can see that the corresponding statistics are dimmed and that eventually they disappear The same thing happens to all statistics corresponding to an application which generates traffic or has open ports and which you close For a comprehensive list of events regarding the Firewall module usage enabling disabling firewall traffic blocking modifying settings or generated by the activities detected by this module scanning ports
37. 2 Configuring Quarantine Settings To configure the quarantine settings click Settings A new window will appear v Delete Old Files Delete files older than day s Check for old files every day s V Delete duplicated files Check For duplicated items every v Automatically Submit Files Submit files every minute s Scan quarantined files after update Z Restore clean files Select this option to periodically send For analysis quarantined files to the BitDefender Lab Quarantine Settings Using the quarantine settings you can set BitDefender to automatically perform the following actions Delete old files To automatically delete old quarantined files check the corresponding option You must specify the number of days after which the quarantined files should be deleted and frequency with which BitDefender should check for old files Note 9 By default BitDefender will check for old files every day and delete files older than 30 days Delete duplicated files To automatically delete duplicate quarantined files check the corresponding option You must specify the number of days between two consecutive checks for duplicates Note By default BitDefender will check for duplicate quarantined files every day Antivirus 166 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Automatically submit files To automatically submit quarantined files check
38. 2 QUICK TASKS assis ase diria ds aa doces qim diis cock dui eni dun did 102 IGNI SM 103 T6 T Quick TASKS 5 2 od evi dai ac ene haee EE sa Fb e n aat 103 16 1 1 Joining the BitDefender Network 0 cece eee 104 16 1 2 Adding Computers to the BitDefender Network uusuuueese 104 16 1 3 Managing the BitDefender Network 00 cece eee eee eee 106 16 1 4 Scanning All COMPUTES ik i2 enr e tar Rr e eR eh a 108 16 1 5 Updating All Computers ova ao rto es DR FERRO a ER pes 109 16 1 6 Registering All Computers rre m eee 110 Expert Mode sv cicsvedsissntisaeveaisecaderdertavaenderesunanuendarae 111 T7 GONNA ante ovest eee ea tea ees cada neue wer ener Ro EOS sass 112 DEVS DASMBDOANG zn inet emis Gne de iren et nda die n n Du 112 17 1 1 Overall Status cz 55 eda secet e et era rp epe a ert 113 17 12 SRAUISUCS cunkee ate cement rae etx erede E ERE VE a 115 17 1 3 OVOIVIGW 533r eignet eros to ne ne Eos a cni b de aoi ba 116 17 2 SOU OS ea eaea Situ minen ne e vato eren sip tab ri sue fa Rot E ree Pe eer es 116 17 2 1 General Setting S s s mina a ce d C an te E o en s ce n 117 17 2 2 Vinis Report Settings a eode ce Ve eda eos ie ae Ra o i e n gc RR RI 119 17 3 System Informati ss ves a repente RR tre Y Ree pe ta ee RR TERT RUE 119 TE AMEN WIIG aes deser a nte febr pn battuta red Ronan 121 18 1 Real time Protection ccc eects 121 18 1 1 Configuring Protection Level suicide ca
39. 2008 7 11 PM 3KB Calendar Iv Cosmin Danciu meeting this Friday Mon 9 1 2008 3 18PM 4KB Contacts 2 Julio P Fields SPAM Take part in a sexual marathon wit Mon 9 17 2007 2 06 PM 5KB Deleted Items f Spam B Drafts Ga Inbox 2 X Journal GB Notes 5 Outbox f Sent Items Tasks 3 Items 2 Unread Antispam Toolbar Each button from the BitDefender toolbar will be explained below x Is Spam sends a message to the Bayesian module indicating that the selected e mail is spam The e mail will be tagged as SPAM and moved to the Spam folder The future e mail messages that fit the same patterns will be tagged as SPAM G Note You can select one e mail or as many e mail messages as you want e Not Spam sends a message to the Bayesian module indicating that the selected e mail is not spam and BitDefender should not have tagged it The e mail will be moved from the Spam folder to the Inbox directory The future e mail messages that fit the same patterns will no longer be tagged as SPAM o Note You can select one e mail or as many e mail messages as you want Important The amp Not Spam button becomes active when you select a message marked as SPAM by BitDefender normally these messages are located in the Spam folder Add Spammer adds the sender of the selected e mail to the Spammers list Integration into Mail Clients 286 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Select Don t sho
40. All files including archives are scanned for viruses and spyware Hidden files and processes are included in the scan The resource consumption level is higher Advanced users might want to take advantage of the scan settings BitDefender offers The scanner can be set to search only for specific malware threats This may greatly reduce scanning times and improve your computer s responsiveness during a scan Drag the slider to select Custom and then click the Custom level button The following window will appear Wizards 60 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Custom Scan Level Select the check boxes For each type of malware you want lt ProductNamed gt to search For during this scanning process v Scan for viruses Scan for adware LJ Scan for spyware C Scan for applications J Scan for dialers C Scan for rootkits Scan for keyloggers Custom Scan Level Specify the type of malware you want BitDefender to scan for by selecting the appropriate options Option Description Scan for viruses Scans for known viruses BitDefender detects incomplete virus bodies too thus removing any possible threat that could affect your system s security Scan for adware Scans for adware threats Detected files will be treated as infected The software that includes adware components might stop working if this option is enabled Scan for spyware Scans for known spyware threats Detected files will
41. An edit field will appear Type the number assigned to the protocol you want to filter in the edit field Note IP protocol numbers are assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA You can find the complete list of assigned IP protocol numbers at www iana org assignments protocol numbers Events Depending on the selected protocol choose the network events the rule applies to The following events may be taken into account Connect Preliminary exchange of standard messages used by connection oriented protocols such as TCP to establish a connection With connection oriented protocols data traffic between two computers occurs only after a connection is established Traffic Flow of data between two computers Listen State in which an application monitors the network awaiting to establish a connection or to receive information from a peer application e Adapter Types Select the adapter types the rule applies to e Action Select one of the available actions Action Description Allow The specified application will be allowed network Internet access under the specified circumstances Deny The specified application will be denied network Internet access under the specified circumstances Configuring Advanced Parameters The Advanced tab of the configuration window allows configuring advanced rule parameters Firewall 226 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Direction u IP Versi
42. BitDefender icon to open it e Shut down the computer when scan completes if no threats are found Click OK to save the changes and close the window To run the task just click Scan Customizing Scan Level Advanced users might want to take advantage of the scan settings BitDefender offers The scanner can be set to scan only specific file extensions to search for specific malware threats or to skip archives This may greatly reduce scanning times and improve your computer s responsiveness during a scan Click Custom to set your own scan options A new window will appear Scan Level Scan for viruses Scan for adware Scan for spyware Scan for application Scan for dialers Scan for rootkits irus Scanning Options Scan files Scan packed files Scan inside archives Scan inside e mail archives Scan boot sectors Scan memory Scan registry Scan cookies Action options Bg Action to take when an infected file is Found E First action lt Disinfect files gt ED Second action Take no action Action to take when a suspect file is Found E First action Take no action gt En o Ham Scan Settings Antivirus 137 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 The scan options are organized as an expandable menu very similar to those used for exploration in Windows Click the box with to open an option or the box with to clo
43. Description Connect Traffic Listen Preliminary exchange of standard messages used by connection oriented protocols such as TCP to establish a connection With connection oriented protocols data traffic between two computers occurs only after a connection is established Flow of data between two computers State in which an application monitors the network awaiting to establish a connection or to receive information from a peer application e Local Ports the ports on your computer the rule applies to Remote Ports the ports on the remote computers the rule applies to Local whether the rule applies only to computers in the local network Firewall 223 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Action whether the application is allowed or denied access to network or Internet under the specified circumstances 22 3 1 Adding Rules Automatically With Firewall enabled BitDefender will ask for your permission whenever a connection to the Internet has been made You can see the following the application that is trying to access the Internet the path to the Q Firefox application file the destination the protocol used Popenng tne 1216 port 1299 and the port on which the application is trying File path c program files firefox firefox exe to connect bic er eo rc E Click Allow to allow all traffic inbound and Address 127 0 0 1 outbound generated by this application from A the
44. Expert Mode On the left side of the window there is a menu containing all security modules Each module has one or more tabs where you can configure the corresponding security settings or perform security or administrative tasks The following table briefly describes each module For detailed information please refer to the Expert Mode p 111 part of this user guide General Antivirus Antispam Parental Control Overview Allows you to access the general settings or to view the dashboard and detailed system info Allows you to configure your virus shield and scanning operations in detail to set exceptions and to configure the quarantine module Allows you to keep your Inbox SPAM free and to configure the antispam settings in detail Allows you to protect your children against inappropriate content by using your customized computer access rules 28 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Privacy Control Firewall Vulnerability Encryption Game Laptop Mode Network Update Registration Allows you to prevent data theft from your computer and protect your privacy while you are online Allows you to protect your computer from inbound and outbound unauthorized connection attempts It is quite similar to a guard at your gate it will keep a watchful eye on your Internet connection and keep track of who to allow access to the Internet and who to block Allows you to keep crucial software on your
45. How do update BitDefender At boot time the update of the virus signatures is made automatically However if you skipped this step or simply wish to update after booting here are two ways to update BitDefender e Use the BitDefender Scanner for Unices 1 Double click the START SCANNER icon on the desktop This will launch the BitDefender Scanner for Unices 2 Click Update e Use the Update Signatures shortcut on the Desktop 1 Double click the Update Signatures shortcut on the Desktop The following window will appear BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 327 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Hi this menu will help you update signatures files You can use it to set your network or to install signatures from your harddisk Cumulative Load cumulative zip file from harddisk Update Try update aqain ae Xen Update Signatures 2 Do one of the following Select Cumulative to install signatures already saved on your hard disk by browsing your computer and loading the cumulative zip file Select Update to immediately connect to the internet and download the latest virus signatures 3 Click OK 38 5 1 How do update BitDefender over a proxy If there is a proxy server between your computer and the Internet some configurations are to be done in order to update the virus signatures To update BitDefender over a proxy use one of the following options Use the BitDefender Scanner for Uni
46. Results Remove Files from File Vault Fytest2 E Scripts wks_all_tests Testbed FileVault fvtest2 bvd The operation succeeded Results Click Finish 11 4 3 View File Vault This wizard helps you open a specific file vault and view the files it contains Step 1 4 Select Vault Here you can specify the vault to view files from Wizards 81 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Display File Vault Content Select File Vault BitDefender File Vault Functions similar to bank vaults you choose what you want to secure you create a vault with a password you deposit and then you close the vault If this is the first time you use BitDefender File Encryption you will have to create a new File Vault Please choose one of the options below Browse for a File Vault Select an Existing File Vault File Vault name S ENis bvd File Vault Wizard View Vault Content D T Shitdefendes Select Vault If you select Browse for a File Vault you must click Browse and select the file vault You will go either to the step 3 if the selected vault is opened mounted or to the step 2 if it is locked unmounted If you click Select an existing File Vault then you must click the desired vault name You will go either to the step 3 if the selected vault is opened mounted or to the step 2 if it is locked unmounted Click Next Step 2 4 Password This
47. Scan or Deep System Scan Home Network 253 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Fix all issues on this PC Allows you to fix the issues that are affecting the security of this computer by following the Fix All Issues wizard View History Events Allows you access to the History amp Events module of the BitDefender product installed on this computer Update Now Intitiates the Update process for the BitDefender product installed on this computer Set Parental Control Profile Allows you to set the age category to be used by the Parental Control web filter on this computer child teenager or adult Set as Update Server for this network Allows you to set this computer as update server for all BitDefender products installed on the computers in this network Using this option will reduce internet traffic because only one computer in the network will connect to the internet to download updates Before running a task on a specific computer you will be prompted to provide the local home management password Please enter here the password that you have set when you enabled Home Management on this PC Password B Don t show this message again during this session Enter Password Type the home management password and click OK Note If you plan to run several tasks you might want to select Don t show this message again this session By selecting this option you will no
48. Security 2010 2 Run the uninstall tool using administrator privileges The uninstall tool will remove all the files and registry keys that were not removed during the automatic removal process 3 Restart your computer If this information was not helpful you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section Support p 316 Troubleshooting 315 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 36 Support As a valued provider BitDefender strives to provide its customers with an unparalleled level of fast and accurate support The BitDefender Knowledge Base provides you with articles that contain solutions to most of your problems and questions related to BitDefender If you cannot find the solution in the Knowledge Base you can contact the BitDefender Customer Care Our support representatives will answer your questions in a timely manner and give you all the assistance you need 36 1 BitDefender Knowledge Base The BitDefender Knowledge Base is an online repository of information about the BitDefender products It stores in an easily accessible format reports on the results of the ongoing technical support and bugfixing activities of the BitDefender support and development teams along with more general articles about virus prevention the management of BitDefender solutions with detailed explanations and many other articles The BitDefender Knowledge Base is open to the public and freely searchable The extensive
49. They are immediately marked as spam and moved to the junk mail folder The next e mail messages that fit the same patterns will be marked as spam Add Spammers to Spammers List If you are using a supported mail client you can easily add the senders of the spam messages to the Spammers list Follow these steps 1 Open your mail client 2 Go to the junk mail folder where spam messages are moved 3 Select the messages marked as spam by BitDefender 4 Click the amp Add Spammer button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar 5 You may be asked to acknowledge the addresses added to the Spammers list Select Don t show this message again and click OK If you are using a different mail client you can manually add spammers to the Spammers list from the BitDefender interface It is convenient to do this only when you have received several spam messages from the same e mail address Follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Antispam on the left side menu 3 Click the Status tab 4 Click Manage Spammers A configuration window will appear 5 Type the spammer s e mail address and click the button to add the address to the Spammers List 6 Click OK to save the changes and close the window Increase Antispam Protection Level To increase the antispam protection level follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Antispa
50. Type the e mail address and the password of your account in the corresponding fields Note If you have forgotten your password click Forgot your password and follow the instructions 3 Optionally BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e mail address of your account Select one of the available options from the menu e Send me all messages e Send me only product related messages e Don t send me any messages Registration 265 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 4 Click Sign in 5 Click Finish to complete the wizard Registration 266 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Integration into Windows and Third Party Software 267 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 29 Integration into Windows Contextual Menu The Windows contextual menu appears whenever you right click a file or folder on your computer or objects on your desktop Open Explore Search Sharing and Security Scan with BitDefender Send To BitDefender File Vault gt Cut Copy Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties Windows Contextual Menu BitDefender integrates into the Windows contextual menu to help you easily scan files for viruses and prevent other users from accessing your sensitive files You can quickly locate the BitDefender options on the contextual menu by looking for the 6 BitDefender icon e Scan with BitDefender e BitDefender File Vault 29 1 Scan with BitDefende
51. Wizards 55 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click Close to close the window BitDefender Could Not Solve Some Issues In most cases BitDefender successfully disinfects the infected files it detects or it isolates the infection However there are issues that cannot be solved In these cases we recommend you to contact the BitDefender Support Team at www bitdefender com Our support representatives will help you solve the issues you are experiencing BitDefender Detected Suspect Files Suspect files are files detected by the heuristic analysis as potentially infected with malware the signature of which has not been released yet If suspect files were detected during the scan you will be requested to submit them to the BitDefender Lab Click OK to send these files to the BitDefender Lab for further analysis 11 2 Custom Scan Wizard The Custom Scan Wizard lets you create and run a custom scan task and optionally save it as a Quick Task when using BitDefender in Intermediate Mode To run a custom scan task using the Custom Scan Wizard you must follow these steps 1 In Intermediate Mode go to the Security tab 2 In the Quick Tasks area click the arrow xl on the System Scan button and select Custom Scan 3 Follow the six step guided procedure to complete the scanning process 11 2 1 Step 1 6 Welcome Window This is a welcome window Wizards 56 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Welcome Th
52. account click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and then click the Status tab Parental Control 181 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 NL Web Web Limiter Applications Keywords Messaging X Parental Control is enabled a e e ea PE Web Web Limiter Applications Keywords IM Age Category Adult ADULT Nonrestrictive For adult users All web pages will be displayed regardless Recommended Teenager of their content en Defaulttevel Custom Categories Send me an activity report via e mail Save an internet traffic log Click here to disable Application Control Keep Application Control enabled if you want to restrict the current user s access to specific applications Parental Control Status To configure the Parental Control for this user account follow these steps 1 Enable the Parental Control for this user account by selecting the Parental Control check box Important amp 34 Keep the Parental Control enabled in order to protect your children against inappropriate content by using your customized computer access rules 2 Set a password to protect your Parental Control settings For more information please refer to Protecting Parental Control Settings p 183 3 Set the age category to allow your child to access only websites appropriate for his her age For more information please refer to Setting Age Category p 184
53. actually IS SPAM All relevant words within a message are taken into account By synthesizing the statistical information the overall probability for the whole message to be SPAM is computed This module presents another interesting characteristic it is trainable It adapts quickly to the type of messages received by a certain user and stores information about all To function effectively the filter must be trained meaning to be presented with samples of SPAM and legitimate messages much like a hound is primed to Antispam 169 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 trace a certain scent Sometimes the filter must be corrected too prompted to adjust when it makes a wrong decision Important You can correct the Bayesian filter using the amp Is Spam and amp Not Spam buttons from the Antispam toolbar 19 1 2 Antispam Operation The BitDefender Antispam Engine uses all antispam filters combined to determine whether a certain e mail message should get into your Inbox or not A Important The spam messages detected by BitDefender are marked with the SPAM prefix in the subject line BitDefender automatically moves spam messages to a specific folder as follows e n Microsoft Outlook spam messages are moved to a Spam folder located in the Deleted Items folder The Spam folder is created during the installation of BitDefender e n Outlook Express and Windows Mail spam messages are moved directly to Deleted Items e n Mo
54. and manage the objects excluded from scanning go to Antivirus gt Exceptions in Expert Mode BEN ML v Exclusions are enabled List of objects excluded from scanning Files and Folders Parental Control Privacy Control Firewall Vulnerability Encryption Game Laptop Mode gt Home Network gt Update gt Registration Exceptions You can see the objects files folders extensions that are excluded from scanning For each object you can see if it is excluded from on access on demand scanning or both Note The exceptions specified here will NOT apply for contextual scanning Contextual scanning is a type of on demand scanning you right click the file or folder you want to scan and select Scan with BitDefender To remove an entry from the table select it and click the Delete button To edit an entry from the table select it and click the Edit button A new window will appear where you can change the extension or the path to be excluded and the Antivirus 156 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 type of scanning you want them to be excluded from as needed Make the necessary changes and click OK a Note D You can also right click an object and use the options on the shortcut menu to edit or delete it You can click Discard to revert the changes made to the rule table provided that you have not saved them by clicking App
55. and software It is effective in blocking Trojan horses and other tools installed by hackers who try to compromise your privacy and send your personal information like credit card numbers from your computer to the hacker 21 1 Privacy Control Status To configure the Privacy Control and to view information regarding its activity go to Privacy Control gt Status in Expert Mode omes Wem o Rem e General Privacy Control is enabled Antivirus Identity Control is not configured Antispam Protection Level Parental Control Pe posee berautr 3 Identity Control is enabled Firewall Default Registry Control is disabled i e Cookie Control is disabled Vulnerability Script Control is disabled Encryption Permissive TIT teme otio Home Network Privacy Control Statistics Update M Identity information blocked 0 Registration Registry access attempts blocked 0 Ee 0 1 Cookies blocked Scripts blocked Du The Privacy Control module is now enabled For the safety of your data it is recommended to keep Privacy Protection enabled all the time Privacy Control Status You can see whether Privacy Control is enabled or disabled If you want to change the Privacy Control status clear or select the corresponding check box Important A To prevent data theft and protect your privacy keep the Privacy Control enabled The Privacy Control protects your c
56. antiphishing protection completely or for specific applications only You can click White List to configure and manage a list of web sites that should not be scanned by BitDefender Antiphishing engines Antivirus 130 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 White List This is the list of URLs that will not be filtered by BitDefender Antiphishing engines The URLs entered in the Whitelist will not be checked by the BitDefender Antiphishing engines You will not be warned about any threats existing on these pages Add URL This is where you can define a list of websites URLs that should not be checked by BitDefender Antiphishing engines Antiphishing White List You can see the web sites that BitDefender does not currently check for phishing content To add a new web site to the white list type its url address in the New address field and click Add The white list should contain only web sites you fully trust For example add the web sites where you currently shop online Note You can easily add web sites to the white list from the BitDefender Antiphishing toolbar integrated into your web browser For more information please refer to Integration into Web Browsers p 275 If you want to remove a web site from the white list click the corresponding Remove button Click Save to save the changes and close the window 18 2 On demand Scanning The main objective for BitDefender is to ke
57. are infected with Click the link corresponding to a threat to find out more information about the infected objects You can choose an overall action to be taken for all issues or you can select separate actions for each group of issues One or several of the following options can appear on the menu Action Description Take No Action No action will be taken on the detected files After the scan is completed you can open the scan log to view information on these files Antivirus 151 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Disinfect Removes the malware code from infected files Delete Deletes detected files Move to quarantine Moves detected files to quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Rename files Changes the name of hidden files by appending bd ren to their name As a result you will be able to search for and find such files on your computer if any Please note that these hidden files are not the files that you deliberately hide from Windows They are the files hidden by special programs known as rootkits Rootkits are not malicious in nature However they are commonly used to make viruses or spyware undetectable by normal antivirus programs Click Continue to apply the specified actions Step 3 3 View Results When BitDefender finishes fixing the issues the scan results will appear in a new window Antivirus 152 BitDefender Interne
58. available for each category Each event comes with the following information a short description the action BitDefender took on it when it happened and the date and time when it occurred If you want to find out more information about a particular event in the list double click that event Click Clear all logs if you want to remove old logs or Refresh to make sure the latest logs are displayed History and Events 46 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 10 Registration and My Account BitDefender Internet Security 2010 comes with 30 day trial period During the trial period the product is fully functional and you can test it to see if it meets your expectations Please note that after 15 days of evaluation the product will cease to update unless you create a BitDefender account Creating a BitDefender account is a mandatory part of the registration process Before the trial period is over you must register the product in order to keep your computer protected Registration is a two step process 1 Product activation registration of a BitDefender account You must create a BitDefender account in order to receive updates and to have access to free technical support If you already have a BitDefender account register your BitDefender product to that account BitDefender will notify you that you need to activate your product and it will help you fix this issue A Important You must create an account within 15 days after
59. by BitDefender are marked with the SPAM prefix in the subject line Note Antispam protection is provided for all POP3 SMTP e mail clients BitDefender integrates directly through an intuitive and easy to use toolbar into the following mail clients e Microsoft Outlook Outlook Express e Windows Mail e Mozilla Thunderbird BitDefender automatically moves spam messages to a specific folder as follows e n Microsoft Outlook spam messages are moved to a Spam folder located in the Deleted Items folder The Spam folder is created during the installation of BitDefender e n Outlook Express and Windows Mail spam messages are moved directly to Deleted Items e In Mozilla Thunderbird spam messages are moved to a Spam folder located in the Trash folder The Spam folder is created during the installation of BitDefender If you use other mail clients you must create a rule to move the e mail messages marked as SPAM by BitDefender to a custom quarantine folder 32 1 Antispam Configuration Wizard The first time you run your mail client after you have installed BitDefender a wizard will appear helping you to configure the Friends list and the Spammers list and to train the Bayesian filter in order to increase the efficiency of the Antispam filters Note The wizard can also be launched any time you want by clicking the Wizard button from the Antispam toolbar Integration into Mail Clients 279 BitDefender Internet Se
60. can click Check all to select all the cells and implicitly block the application completely If you click Uncheck all access to the application will be permitted at all times 4 Click Finish to add the rule 20 5 2 Managing Application Control Rules The Application Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window The name of the application the path and the current status are listed for each Application Control rule Parental Control 193 BitDefe nder Internet Security 2010 To edit a rule select it click the Edit button and make the necessary changes in the configuration window To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button 20 6 Keywords Control Keywords Control helps you block users access to e mail messages web pages and instant messages that contain specific words Using Keywords Control you can prevent your children from seeing inappropriate words or phrases when they are online Note The instant messaging Keywords Control is only available for Yahoo Messenger and Windows Live MSN Messenger To configure Keywords Control for a specific user account click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Keywords tab RN RN RN RN RN n w Enable Keywords Control Please enter the keywords you want BitDefender to block An website e mail or instant message will not be displayed if it includes a restrict
61. cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Rename files Changes the name of hidden files by appending bd ren to their name As a result you will be able Wizards 54 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 to search for and find such files on your computer if any Please note that these hidden files are not the files that you deliberately hide from Windows They are the files hidden by special programs known as rootkits Rootkits are not malicious in nature However they are commonly used to make viruses or spyware undetectable by normal antivirus programs Click Continue to apply the specified actions 11 1 3 Step 3 3 View Results When BitDefender finishes fixing the issues the scan results will appear in a new window Antivirus Scan Results Summary Resolved items Unresolved items Password protected items ver compressed items Ignored items Failed items o 2 items failed to be cleaned This happened because no cleaning routine was available for this type of threat You can find out more about this here www bitdefender com This is the number of items that failed to be scanned Summary You can see the results summary If you want comprehensive information on the scanning process click Show log file to view the scan log Important A If required please restart your system in order to complete the cleaning process
62. computer s memory resources and also by eating bandwidth as it 336 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 sends information back to the spyware s home base via the user s Internet connection Because spyware is using memory and system resources the applications running in the background can lead to system crashes or general system instability Startup items Any files placed in this folder will open when the computer starts For example a startup screen a sound file to be played when the computer first starts a reminder calendar or application programs can be startup items Normally an alias of a file is placed in this folder rather than the file itself System tray Introduced with Windows 95 the system tray is located in the Windows taskbar usually at the bottom next to the clock and contains miniature icons for easy access to system functions such as fax printer modem volume and more Double click or right click an icon to view and access the details and controls TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol A set of networking protocols widely used on the Internet that provides communications across interconnected networks of computers with diverse hardware architectures and various operating systems TCP IP includes standards for how computers communicate and conventions for connecting networks and routing traffic Trojan A destructive program that masquerades as a benign application Unlike viruses Trojan ho
63. files or scanning the computer Intermediate Mode Aimed at users with average computer skills this mode extends what you can do in Novice Mode Overview 22 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 You can fix issues separately and choose which issues to be monitored Moreover you can manage remotely the BitDefender products installed on the computers in your household Expert Mode Suited for more technical users this mode allows you to fully configure each functionality of BitDefender You can also use all tasks provided to protect your computer and data The user interface mode is selected in the configuration wizard This wizard appears after the registration wizard the first time you open your computer after installing the product If you cancel the registration wizard or the configuration wizard the user interface mode will default to Intermediate Mode To change the user interface mode follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender 2 Click the Settings button in the upper right corner of the window 3 In the User Interface Settings category click the arrow 9 on the button and select the desired mode from the menu 4 Click OK to save and apply the changes 6 2 1 Novice Mode If you are a computer beginner displaying the user interface in Novice Mode may be the most adequate choice for you This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side Overview 23 BitDefender Internet Security 2010
64. for this scan task Summary You can see the results summary If you want comprehensive information on the scanning process click View Log to view the scan log Important If required please restart your system in order to complete the cleaning process Click Close to close the window 11 3 Vulnerability Check Wizard This wizard checks the system for vulnerabilities and helps you fix them Wizards 64 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 11 3 1 Step 1 6 Select Vulnerabilities to Check ard will quide you through the actions required to identify uae applications and the Windows accounts that have a weak password Please Bri from the list below which items to be checked for vulnerabilities Vulnerabilities Click Next to check the system for the selected vulnerabilities Wizards 65 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 11 3 2 Step 2 6 Checking for Vulnerabilities Vulnerability Check Wait for BitDefender to finish checking for vulnerabilities Wizards 66 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 11 3 3 Step 3 6 Update Windows BitDefender Vulnerability Check Wizard Windows Updates Please review all the updates found below and install them at once or use the Windows Update system to choose which one to install Check for Critical Windows Updates Update For Office 2003 KB907417 Update for Windows XP KB932823 Offic
65. here will remain confidential E mail address type in your e mail address Registration 264 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Password type in a password for your BitDefender account The password must be between 6 and 16 characters long e Re type password type in again the previously specified password Note Once the account is activated you can use the provided e mail address and password to log in to your account at http myaccount bitdefender com 3 Optionally BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e mail address of your account Select one of the available options from the menu e Send me all messages e Send me only product related messages e Don t send me any messages 4 Click Create 5 Click Finish to complete the wizard 6 Activate your account Before being able to use your account you must activate it Check your e mail and follow the instructions in the e mail message sent to you by the BitDefender registration service already have a BitDefender account BitDefender will automatically detect if you have previously registered a BitDefender account on your computer In this case provide the password of your account and click Sign in Click Finish to complete the wizard If you already have an active account but BitDefender does not detect it follow these steps to register the product to that account 1 Select Sign in previously created account 2
66. in a critical Real time protection is disabled and a system scan state is overdue Update BitDefender monitors if the malware signatures are up to date The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table Security 93 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Issue Description Automatic Update is The malware signatures of your BitDefender product disabled are not being automatically updated on a regular basis The update has not been The malware signatures of your BitDefender product performed for x days are outdated Firewall BitDefender monitors the status of the Firewall feature If it is not enabled the issue Firewall is disabled will be reported Antispam BitDefender monitors the status of the Antispam feature If it is not enabled the issue Antispam is disabled will be reported Antiphishing BitDefender monitors the status of the Antiphishing feature If it is not enabled for all supported applications the issue Antiphishing is disabled will be reported Vulnerability Check BitDefender keeps track of the Vulnerability Check feature Vulnerability Check lets you know if you need to install any Windows updates application updates or if you need to strengthen any passwords The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table Status Description Vulnerability Check is BitDefender does not check for potential disabled vulnerabilities regarding
67. interfere with the user s work e Don t update if scan is in progress BitDefender will not update if a scan process is running This way the BitDefender update process will not interfere with the scan tasks Update 259 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note If BitDefender is updated while a scan is in progress the scan process will be aborted e Don t update if game mode is on BitDefender will not update if the game mode is turned on In this way you can minimize the product s influence on system performance during games 27 2 5 Managing Proxies If your company uses a proxy server to connect to the Internet you must specify the proxy settings in order for BitDefender to update itself Otherwise it will use the proxy settings of the administrator that installed the product or of the current user s default browser if any Note D The proxy settings can be configured only by users with administrative rights on the computer or by power users users who know the password to the product settings To manage the proxy settings click Proxy Settings A new window will appear Proxy Detected at Install Time Address Default Browser Proxy Addres Username Password This is where you can change the proxy settings detected at install time Proxy Manager There are three sets of p
68. letter assigned to the vault To open a vault follow these steps 1 Locate on your computer the bvd file representing the vault you want to open 2 Right click the file point to BitDefender File Vault and select Open Quicker alternatives would be to double click the file or to right click it and select Open The following window will appear The File Vault full path on disk including the file name and extension H Documents and Settings amirealMy Documentsitest_vault bvd Drive letter K Password Opens an existing File Vault Open File Vault 3 Choose a drive letter from the menu 4 Type the vault password in the Password field 5 Click Open BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 271 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 29 2 3 Lock Vault When you are done with your work in a file vault you must lock it in order to protect your data By locking the vault the corresponding virtual disk drive disappears from My Computer Consequently access to the data stored in the vault is completely blocked To lock a vault follow these steps 1 Open My Computer click the BEZE Windows Start menu and then My Computer 2 Identify the virtual disk drive correspondi
69. lock your vault in order to start protecting its content For more information please refer to Lock File Vault p 85 File Vault 102 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 16 Network The Network module allows you to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers from a single computer To enter the Network module click the Network tab FILE STORAGE Quick Tasks 10 10 0 1 INTERNET L du No PC click to add T No PC click to add No PC click to add No PC click to dap oL n T No PC click to add z _ The Network module displays the BitDefender home network structure grey if home network is not configured Click on Enable Network to start configuring your home network Network To be able to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers you must follow these steps 1 Join the BitDefender home network on your computer Joining the network consists in configuring an administrative password for the home network management 2 Go to each computer you want to manage and join the network set the password 3 Go back to your computer and add the computers you want to manage 16 1 Quick Tasks Initially one button is available only e Enable Network allows you to set the network password thus creating and joining the network After joining the network several more buttons will appear Disable Network allows you to
70. missing Windows updates application updates or weak passwords Multiple vulnerabilities BitDefender found missing Windows application were detected updates and or weak passwords Critical Microsoft Critical Microsoft updates are available but not updates installed Other Microsoft updates Non critical Microsoft updates are available but not installed Windows Automatic Windows security updates are not being Updates are disabled automatically installed as soon as they become available Application outdated A new version of the Application is available but not installed User Weak Password A user password is easy to crack by malicious people with specialized software Security 94 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 13 2 Quick Tasks This is where you can find links to the most important security tasks Update Now starts an immediate update e System Scan starts a standard scan of your computer archives excluded For additional on demand scan tasks click the arrow s on this button and select a different scan task My Documents Scan or Deep System Scan Custom Scan starts a wizard that lets you create and run a custom scan task e Vulnerability Scan starts a wizard that checks your system for vulnerabilities and helps you fix them 13 2 1 Updating BitDefender New malware is found and identified every day This is why it is very important to keep BitDefender up to date with the latest malware signatu
71. number of bytes sent number of bytes received number of port scans detected and blocked by BitDefender Port scans are frequently used by hackers to find open ports on your computer with the intent of exploiting them number of packets dropped number of open ports number of active incoming connections number of active outgoing connections To see the active connections and the open ports go to the Activity tab At the bottom of the section you can see the BitDefender statistics regarding incoming and outgoing traffic The graph shows the internet traffic volume over the last two minutes Note The graph appears even if the Firewall is disabled 1 Setting the Default Action By default BitDefender automatically allows all known programs from its white list to access network services and the Internet For all the other programs BitDefender prompts you through an alert window to specify the action to be taken The action you specify is applied every time the respective application requests network Internet access You can drag the slider along the scale to set the default action to be taken on the applications requiring network Internet access The following default actions are available Firewall 216 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Allow All Applies the current rules and allows all traffic attempts that do not match any of the current rules without prompting This policy is strongly discouraged
72. online shop which you know to be secure you will have to specify an exception to the respective rule Privacy Control 204 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 To open the window where you can manage exceptions click Exclusions ss IM Contact Exclusion Type edit Click here to add a new scan exclusion rule Exclusions To add an exception follow these steps 1 Click the Add button to add a new entry in the table 2 Double click Specify excluded item and provide the web site the e mail address or the IM contact that you want to add as exception 3 Double click Traffic type and choose from the menu the option corresponding to the type of address previously provided f you have specified a web address select HTTP f you have specified an e mail address select E mail SMTP If you have specified an IM contact select IM To remove an exception from the list select it and click the Remove button Click OK to save the changes 21 2 3 Managing Rules You can see the rules created so far listed in the table To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button To edit a rule select it and click the Edit button or double click it A new window will appear Privacy Control 205 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Rule Name test Rule Type address Rule Data Type here to change iv Filter web
73. password e Right click the vault file on your computer point to BitDefender File Vault and select Change vault password A new window will appear Change the current password for the File Vault H Documents and Settings amirea My Documents Old Password New Password Confirm New Password The password must be at least 8 characters long Change the password for the selected vault Change Vault Password Proceed as follows 1 Type the current password of the vault in the Old password field 2 Type the new password of the vault in the New password and Confirm new password fields Encryption 240 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note The password must have at least 8 characters For a strong password use a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters numbers and special characters such as or 9 3 Click OK to change the password BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window 24 2 5 Adding Files to a Vault To add files to a vault follow these steps 1 Select from the vaults table the vault you want to add files in 2 If the vault is locked you must first open it right click it and select Open vault 3 Click G Add file A new window will appear 4 Select the files folders you want to add
74. provides non critical but significant information Warning m This is critical information you should treat with increased caution Nothing bad will happen if you follow the indications You should read and understand it because it describes something extremely risky 2 Book Structure The book consists of several parts containing major topics Moreover a glossary is provided to clarify some technical terms Installation and Removal Step by step instructions for installing BitDefender on a personal computer Starting with the prerequisites for a successfully installation you are guided through the whole installation process Finally the removing procedure is described in case you need to uninstall BitDefender Getting Started Contains all the information you need to get started with BitDefender You are presented with the BitDefender interface and how to fix issues configure basic settings and register your product Intermediate Mode Presents the Intermediate Mode interface of BitDefender Expert Mode A detailed presentation of the Expert Mode interface of BitDefender You are taught how to configure and use all BitDefender modules so as to efficiently protect your computer against all kind of threats malware spam hackers innapropriate content and so on Integration into Windows and Third Party Software Shows you how to use the BitDefender options on the Windows contextual menu and the BitDefender toolbars integrated into
75. restarts his computer Privacy Control 206 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Registry Control keeps an eye on the Windows Registry this is again useful for detecting Trojan horses It will alert you whenever a program will try to modify a registry entry in order to be executed at Windows start up You can see the program that is trying to modify Windows Registry test_vbscript exe vidios aided is Wrekove Reddy If you do not recognize the program and if it seems suspicious click Block to prevent it from modifying Windows Registry Otherwise click Allow to permit the Setungelenies Desktopltest vbscript exe modification Application path Based on your answer a rule is created and listed in the rules table The same action is applied whenever aE LE this program tries to modify a registry entry Registry Alert Note BitDefender will usually alert you when you install new programs that need to run after the next startup of your computer In most cases these programs are legitimate and can be trusted To configure Registry Control go to Privacy Control gt Registry in Expert Mode Privacy Control 207 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 EE entity Registry BE Sern v Enable Registry Control Total attempts blocked 0 Name Action Application Path test_vbscript exe Allow D Dacuments and Settings Admin Desktop test_vbscript exe Parent
76. scan 33 3 Using BitDefender Manual Scan BitDefender Manual Scan lets you scan a specific folder or hard disk partition without having to create a scan task This feature was designed to be used when Windows is running in Safe Mode If your system is infected with a resilient virus you can try to remove the virus by starting Windows in Safe Mode and scanning each hard disk partition using BitDefender Manual Scan To scan your computer using BitDefender Manual Scan follow these steps 1 On the Windows Start menu follow the path Start gt Programs BitDefender 2010 BitDefender Manual Scan A new window will appear 2 Click Add Folder to select the scan target A new window will appear 3 Select the scan target e To scan your desktop just select Desktop e To scan an entire hard disk partition select it from My Computer e To scan a specific folder browse for and select the respective folder 4 Click OK How to Scan Files and Folders 296 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 5 Click Continue to start the scan 6 Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan What is Safe Mode Safe Mode is a special way to start Windows used mainly to troubleshoot problems affecting normal operation of Windows Such problems range from conflicting drivers to viruses preventing Windows from starting normally In Safe Mode Windows loads only a minimum of operating system components and basic drivers Only a few applications w
77. scan wizard is started This wizard assists you in fixing the detected system vulnerabilities For detailed information please refer to section Vulnerability Check Wizard p 64 7 2 Configuring Issue Tracking The issue tracking system is pre configured to monitor and alert you about the most important issues that may affect the security of your computer and data Additional issues may be monitored based on the choices you make in the configuration wizard when you configure your usage profile Besides the issues monitored by default there are several other issues you can be informed about You can configure the tracking system to best serve your security needs by choosing which specific issues to be informed about You can do that either in Intermediate Mode or in Expert Mode e n Intermediate Mode the tracking system can be configured from separate locations Follow these steps 1 Go to the Security Parental or File Vault tab 2 Click Configure Status Tracking 3 Select the check boxes corresponding to the items you want to be monitored For detailed information please refer to the Intermediate Mode p 89 part of this user guide e n Expert Mode the tracking system can be configured from a central location Follow these steps 1 Go to General Dashboard 2 Click Configure Status Tracking 3 Select the check boxes corresponding to the items you want to be monitored For detailed information please refer to chapt
78. so as to exceed the expectations of our clients and partners Should you have any questions do not hesitate to contact us 36 3 1 Web Addresses Sales department sales bitdefender com Technical support www bitdefender com help Documentation documentation bitdefender com Partner Program partners bitdefender com Marketing marketing bitdefender com Media Relations pr bitdefender com Job Opportunities jobs bitdefender com Virus Submissions virus submission bitdefender com Spam Submissions spam submission bitdefender com Report Abuse abuse bitdefender com Product web site http www bitdefender com Product ftp archives ftp ftp bitdefender com pub Local distributors http www bitdefender com site Partnership list BitDefender Knowledge Base http kb bitdefender com 36 3 2 BitDefender Offices The BitDefender offices are ready to respond to any inquiries regarding their areas of operation both in commercial and in general matters Their respective addresses and contacts are listed below U S A BitDefender LLC 6301 NW 5th Way Suite 3500 Fort Lauderdale Florida 33309 Phone office amp sales 1 954 776 6262 Sales sales bitdefender com Technical support http www bitdefender com help Web http www bitdefender com Germany BitDefender GmbH Airport Office Center Robert Bosch Strafse 2 59439 Holzwickede Support 317 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Deutschland Office 49 2301 91 84 22
79. supported third party programs How To Provides procedures to quickly perform the most common tasks in BitDefender Troubleshooting and Getting Help Where to look and where to ask for help if something unexpected appears BitDefender Rescue CD Description of the BitDefender Rescue CD It helps understand and use the features offered by this bootable CD Glossary The Glossary tries to explain some technical and uncommon terms you will find in the pages of this document Preface xvii BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 Request for Comments We invite you to help us improve the book We have tested and verified all of the information to the best of our ability Please write to tell us about any flaws you find in this book or how you think it could be improved to help us provide you with the best documentation possible Let us know by sending an e mail to documentation bitdefender com Important Please write all of your documentation related e mails in English so that we can process them efficiently Preface xviii BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Installation and Removal BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 System Requirements You may install BitDefender Internet Security 2010 only on computers running the following operating systems e Windows XP 32 64 bit with Service Pack 2 or higher e Windows Vista 32 64 bit or Windows Vista with Service Pack 1 or higher e Windows 7 32 64 bit Before instal
80. the Wi Fi network Troubleshooting 306 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 5 Depending on the level of security you want to obtain choose one of the following options Unsafe to access the files and printers shared in the Wi Fi network without allowing access to your shares e Safe to allow file and printer sharing both ways This means that the users connected to the Wi Fi network can also access your shared files or printer If you still cannot share files or a printer with specific computers in the Wi Fi network most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer Check for other potential causes such as the following e The firewall on the other computer may block file and printer sharing in unsecured public Wi Fi networks gt If the firewall is from a BitDefender 2009 or BitDefender 2010 product the same procedure must be followed on the other computer to allow file and printer sharing with your computer If the Windows Firewall is used it can be configured to allow file and printer sharing as follows open the Windows Firewall settings window Exceptions tab and select the File and Printer Sharing check box If another firewall program is used please refer to its documentation or help file General conditions that may prevent using or connecting to the shared printer You may need to log on to a Windows administrator account to access the shared printer Permiss
81. the menu the extension that you want to be excluded from scanning and then click Add Note D The menu contains a list of all the extensions registered on your system When you select an extension you can see its description if available e Type the extension that you want to be excluded from scanning in the edit field and click Add The extensions will appear in the table as you add them You can add as many extensions as you want To remove an entry from the table select it and click the Delete button Click Next Antivirus 162 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 3 4 Select Scanning Type BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Please choose the scan type Please choose the type of scan exclusion that will be applied to the selected exceptions on demand on access or both Click the text in each cell in the right column of the table below and select the option that best suits your needs Please choose the scan type Selected Objects Both zip Compressed File Archive Please choose the exclusions For the scanning process carefully and remember that it is not recommended to define exclusions Scanning Type You can see a table containing the extensions to be excluded from scanning and the type of scanning they are excluded from By default the selected extensions are excluded from both on access and on demand scanning To change when to apply the exception click on th
82. the object to be scanned by BitDefender in the Windows Start menu follow the path Start Programs gt BitDefender 2010 gt BitDefender Manual Scan The following window will appear Antivirus 148 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Antivirus Scan Scanned items Click Add Target to define the scanning target For this scan task rt Scan Target In this step you can choose the files and Folders to be scanned Manual Scanning Click Add Folder select the location you want to scan and click OK If you want to scan multiple folders repeat this action for each additional location The paths to the selected locations will appear in the Scan Target column If you change your mind about the location just click the Remove button next to it Click the Remove All Paths button to remove all the locations that were added to the list When you are done selecting the locations click Continue The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process Antivirus Scan Wizard When you initiate an on demand scan the Antivirus Scan wizard will appear Follow the three step guided procedure to complete the scanning process Note If the scan wizard does not appear the scan may be configured to run silently in the background Look for the scan progress icon in the system tray You can click this icon to open the scan window and to see the scan progress Step 1 3 Scanning Bi
83. to install any Windows updates application updates or if you need to strengthen any passwords The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table General 114 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Status Description Vulnerability Check is BitDefender does not check for potential disabled vulnerabilities regarding missing Windows updates application updates or weak passwords Multiple vulnerabilities BitDefender found missing Windows application were detected updates and or weak passwords Critical Microsoft Critical Microsoft updates are available but not updates installed Other Microsoft updates Non critical Microsoft updates are available but not installed Windows Automatic Windows security updates are not being Updates are disabled automatically installed as soon as they become available Application outdated A new version of the Application is available but not installed User Weak Password Auser password is easy to crack by malicious people with specialized software e File Encryption monitors the status of the File Vault If it is not enabled the issue File Encryption is disabled will be reported Important To ensure that your system is fully protected please enable tracking for all components and fix all reported issues 17 1 2 Statistics If you want to keep an eye on the BitDefender activity a good place to start is the Statistics section You can see the followi
84. to the vault 5 Click OK to copy the selected objects into the vault Once the vault is open you can directly use the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault Follow these steps 1 Open My Computer click the EZ Windows Start menu and then My Computer 2 Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it 3 Copy paste or drag amp drop files and folders directly to this virtual disk drive 24 2 6 Removing Files from a Vault To remove a file from a vault follow these steps 1 Select from the vaults table the vault containing the file to be removed 2 If the vault is locked you must first open it right click it and select Open vault 3 Select the file to be removed from the table that displays the vault content 4 Click R Delete files folders If the vault is open you can directly remove files from the virtual disk drive assigned to the vault Follow these steps 1 Open My Computer click the EEZ Windows Start menu and then My Computer 2 Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it Encryption 241 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 Remove files or folders as you normally do in Windows for example right click a file you want to delete and select Delete Encryption 242 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 25 Game Laptop Mode T
85. to your requirements Please choose which option best matches the way you use this PC 8 amp amp nr ee enti This PC is used For browsing and This PC is used by a child This PC is used primarily for Custom BitDefender configuration multimedia activities gaming To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Usage Profiles Click the button that best describes the activities performed on this computer the usage profile Installing BitDefender 11 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Typical Click here if this PC is used mainly for browsing and multimedia activities Parent Click here if this PC is used by children and you want to control their access to Internet using the Parental Control module Gamer Click here if this PC is used primarily for gaming Custom Click here if you want to configure all the main settings of BitDefender You can later reset the usage profile from the product interface 3 2 2 Step 2 Describe Computer BitDefender Configuration Wizard Choose which of these options applies to this PC This step allows you to configure BitDefender Home Network Management and BitDefender Laptop Mode Please check the boxes that fit the description of this PC V This computer is in a home network Select this option if you want to have easy user i
86. use this wizard to specify the domains you want to allow scripting from It is recommended that you block scripts from all domains you don t explicitly trust Select Address and Action You can set the parameters Domain address type in the domain on which the rule should apply Action select the action of the rule Action Description Allow The scripts on that domain will execute Deny The scripts on that domain will not execute Click Finish Privacy Control 214 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 22 Firewall The Firewall protects your computer from inbound and outbound unauthorized connection attempts It is quite similar to a guard at your gate it will keep a watchful eye on your Internet connection and keep track of who to allow access to the Internet and who to block Note D A firewall is essential if you have a broadband or DSL connection In Stealth Mode your computer is hidden from malicious software and hackers The firewall module is capable of automatically detecting and protecting against port scans streams of packets sent to a machine in order to find access points often in preparation for an attack 22 1 Settings To configure the firewall protection go to Firewall gt Settings in Expert Mode gt General settings network Z Firewall is enabled Antivirus Computer name dbucuresc2 xp32 Antispam Computer IPs 10 10 15 244 1
87. using BitDefender Internet Security 2010 beta or the 2008 or 2009 version There are two ways to perform the upgrade e Install BitDefender Internet Security 2010 directly over the older version If you install directly over the 2009 version the Friends and Spammers lists and the Quarantine are automatically imported e Remove the older version then restart the computer and install the new version as described in chapter Installing BitDefender p 5 No product settings will be saved Use this upgrade method if the other fails Upgrade 19 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 5 Repairing or Removing BitDefender If you want to repair or remove BitDefender Internet Security 2010 follow the path from the Windows start menu Start gt Programs gt BitDefender 2010 gt Repair or Remove You will be requested to confirm your choice by clicking Next A new window will appear where you can select Repair to re install all program components installed by the previous setup If you choose to repair BitDefender a new window will appear Click Repair to start the repairing process Restart the computer when prompted and afterwards click Install to reinstall BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Once the installation process is completed a new window will appear Click Finish Remove to remove all installed components Note 9 We recommend that you choose Remove for a clean re installation If you choose to remove B
88. vault is opened mounted or to the step 2 if it is locked unmounted Click Next Step 2 5 Password This is where you will be asked to enter the password for the selected vault Wizards 71 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Ask for File Vault Password Please enter the currently selected File Vault password Password Enter password Type the password into the corresponding field and click Next Step 3 5 Select files This is where you will be provided with the list of the files from the previously selected vault Wizards 78 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Display File Vault Content These are the files stored in the currently selected File Vault 7 k Test doc L K Test2 doc Select files Select the files to be removed and click Next Step 4 5 Summary This is where you can review chosen operations Wizards 79 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Finish Please review the selected operations and click Next if you wish to continue You can click Back if you want to change anything Operation Remove 0 Files from Vault fvtest2 E Scripts Wks_all_tests Testbed Filevault fvtest2 bvd OpenedonK Summary Click Next Step 5 5 Results This is where you can view operation result Wizards 80 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Display Operation
89. with average computer skills this mode extends what you can do in Novice Mode You can fix issues separately and choose which issues to be monitored Moreover you can manage remotely the BitDefender products installed on the computers in your household Advanced Mode Suited for more technical users this mode allows you to fully configure each functionality of BitDefender You can also use all tasks provided to protect your computer and data 3 2 4 Step 4 Configure Parental Control Note D This step appears only if you have selected the Custom option in Step 1 BitDefender Configuration Wizard Protect Parental Control Settings BitDefender Parental Control enables you to control the access to Internet and to specific applications for your children Tf you share the same Windows Account with your children you should password protect the settings to ensure that you are the only one that can bypass the Parental Control rules ivi Enable Parental Control wi share my Windows Account with other Family members Parental Control settings password Confirm password To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Parental Control Configuration BitDefender Parental Control enables you to control the access to the Internet and to specific applications for each u
90. 10 1 Type the license key in the edit field D Note You can find your license key e on the CD label e on the product registration card e in the online purchase e mail If you do not have a BitDefender license key click the provided link to go to the BitDefender online store and buy one 2 Click Register Now 3 Click Finish If a valid BitDefender license key is detected on your system you can continue using this key by clicking Finish Registration and My Account 48 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 10 2 Activating BitDefender To activate BitDefender you must create or sign in to a BitDefender account If you did not register a BitDefender account during the initial registration wizard you can do that as follows e In Novice Mode click Fix All Issues The wizard will help you fix all pending issues including activating the product e n Intermediate Mode go to the Security tab and click the Fix button corresponding to the issue regarding the product activation e n Expert Mode go to Registration and click the Activate Product button The account registration window will open This is where you can create or sign in into a BitDefender account to activate your product Registration Wizard BitDefender Account To have access to the antimalware updates and technical support activate BitDefender by creating signing in an account Activation can be delayed for 15 days for evaluation versions a
91. 2 Sales vertrieb bitdefender de Technical support http kb bitdefender de Web http www bitdefender de UK and Ireland Business Centre 10 Queen Street Newcastle Staffordshire ST5 1ED E mail info bitdefender co uk Phone 44 0 8451 305096 Sales sales bitdefender co uk Technical support http www bitdefender com help Web http www bitdefender co uk Spain BitDefender Espana SLU C Balmes 191 22 12 08006 Barcelona Fax 34 932179128 Phone 34 902190765 Sales comercial bitdefender es Technical support http kb bitdefender es Website http www bitdefender es Romania BITDEFENDER SRL West Gate Park Building H2 24 Preciziei Street Bucharest Fax 40 21 2641799 Sales phone 40 21 2063470 Sales e mail sales bitdefender ro Technical support http kb bitdefender ro Website http www bitdefender ro Support 318 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 BitDefender Rescue CD 319 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 37 Overview BitDefender Internet Security 2010 comes with a bootable CD BitDefender Rescue CD capable to scan and disinfect all existing hard drives before your operating system starts You should use BitDefender Rescue CD any time your operating system is not working properly because of virus infections That usually happens when you don t use an antivirus product The update of the virus signatures is made automatically without user intervention each time you
92. 4 vir EICAR Test File not a virus D Documents and av_testbed eicar 1 com EICAR Test File not a virus DrlDocuments and KCSPQL4U lave EICAR Test File not a virus D lDocuments and av testbedl PEE 4bis vir EICAR Test File not a virus D Documents and jav_testbedl Privacy Control Vulnerability Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Update Registration Quarantine The Quarantine section displays all the files currently isolated in the Quarantine folder For each quarantined file you can see its name the name of the detected virus the path to its original location and the submission date Note When a virus is in quarantine it cannot do any harm because it cannot be executed or read 18 4 1 Managing Quarantined Files You can send any selected file from the quarantine to the BitDefender Lab by clicking Send By default BitDefender will automatically submit quarantined files every 60 minutes To delete a selected file from quarantine click the Delete button If you want to restore a selected file to its original location click Restore Contextual Menu A contextual menu is available allowing you to manage quarantined files easily The same options as those mentioned previously are available You can also select Refresh to refresh the Quarantine section Antivirus 165 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 18 4
93. 5 If you want the rule to apply to all ports select Any Apply this rule only to directly connected computers Select this option when you want the rule to apply only to the local traffic attempts Check process parent chain for the original event You can only modify this parameter if you have selected Strict automatic rules go to the Settings tab and click Advanced Settings Strict rules mean that BitDefender prompts you for action when an application request network Internet access everytime the parent process is different 22 3 4 Advanced Rule Management If you need advanced control over the firewall rules click Advanced A new window will appear DENIC Pf System Any E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe E svchost exe CB System Pf System CA System Pf System ESSESESEESEESESESEESESEESESESESESESEF Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Ful Trust Trusted Local Blocked Local Blocked Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Safe Safe Safe Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Any Adapter Protocol oP upp oP TCP Any Any Any Any IGMP GRE AH ESP ICMP ICMP amp VRRP upp TCP TCP TCP oP TP oP TCP TCP Any upp TCP u
94. 6 Gateways 10 10 0 1 Parental Control Privacy Control Vulnerability Default Action Allow All Game Mode Encryption Home Network Update Registration Game Laptop Mode Allow Known Programs Report Deny All Bytes sent 13 0 MB 628 0 B s Bytes received 10 1 MB 16 4 KB s Port scans detected 0 Packets dropped 43 Opened ports 18 Incoming connections 1 Outgoing connections 0 s incoming e pos et sak EI CE LE n p 2120 60s Firewall protects your computer from unauthorized inbound and outbound connection attempts It also protects your computer From hacker and malicious outside attacks Firewall Settings Firewall 215 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 22 1 You can see whether the BitDefender firewall is enabled or disabled If you want to change the firewall status clear or select the corresponding check box Important To be protected against Internet attacks keep the Firewall enabled There are two categories of information e Network Configuration Brief You can see your computer s name its IP address and the default gateway If you have more than one network adapter meaning that you are connected to more than one network you will see the IP address and the gateway configured for each network adapter Statistics You can see various statistics regarding the firewall activity
95. A shortcut menu is available for each task Right click the selected task to open it System Tasks 7 Deep System Scan Last run never 5 System Scan Last run never e Quick System Scan Last run never e Auto logon Scan Last run never User Defined Tasks My Documents D Last run never Scan Now E B Misc Tasks Paths e Contextual Scan Schedule View Logs Device Detection Scan a Clone Task Delete Properties Shortcut Menu The following commands are available on the shortcut menu e Scan Now runs the selected task initiating an immediate scan e Paths opens the Properties window Paths tab where you can change the scan target of the selected task Note In the case of system tasks this option is replaced by Show Scan Paths as you can only see their scan target e Schedule opens the Properties window Scheduler tab where you can schedule the selected task View Logs opens the Properties window Logs tab where you can see the reports generated after the selected task was run Antivirus 134 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Clone task duplicates the selected task This is useful when creating new tasks as you can modify the settings of the task duplicate Delete deletes the selected task o Note Not available for system tasks You cannot remove a system task Properties opens the Properties window Overview tab where you can change the settings of the sel
96. BitDefender icon To configure Game Mode go to Game Laptop Mode gt Game Mode in Expert Mode Game Laptop Mode 243 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Game Mode Status Game Mode is turned off Parental Control t 1 Automatic Game Mode is enabled Privacy Control v Use the default list of games provided by BitDefender Firewall Enter Game Mode when an application is in full screen v Ask if the full screen application should be added to the game list Vulnerability Encryption Damekor Home Network VJ Enable this module to modify Antivirus scan tasks schedules gt Update Skip task lt Postpone task gt Registration Check this box so that Game Mode is turned on automatically when a game included in the BitDefender predefined game list is launched This list includes the most popular games on the market and can be completed B you with any other game Game Mode At the top of the section you can see the status of the Game Mode You can click Turn On Game Mode Mode or Turn Off Game Mode to change the current status 25 1 1 Configuring Automatic Game Mode Automatic Game Mode allows BitDefender to automatically enter Game Mode when a game is detected You can configure the following options Use the default list of games provided by BitDefender to automatically enter Game Mode when you start a game from t
97. CD has successfully closed all programs it will show a screen like the following image You may remove the CD in order to boot from your hard drive Now it s ok to turn off your computer or to reboot it BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 324 INIT Sending processes the KILL signal Cinit Caufsd Caufsd Caufsd Caufsd ld Chald addon acpi Chald addon keyb ksoftirgd logsave inetd is khelper kthread ata ata aw kseriod kpsmoused ksuspe Cinit Caufsd aufsd aufsd Caufsd kblockd kacpid knoppix halt Cevents khelper kthread atas llrootfs umounted KNOPPIX halted Wait for this message when shutting down 38 3 How do I perform an antivirus scan A wizard will appear when the boot process has finished and allow you to full scan your computer All you have to do is click the Start button Note If your screen resolution isn t high enough you will be asked to start scanning in text mode Follow the three step guided procedure to complete the scanning process 1 You can see the scan status and statistics scanning speed elapsed time number of scanned infected suspicious hidden objects and other Note 9 The scanning process may take a while depending on the complexity of the scan 2 You can see the number of issues affecting your system The issues are displayed in groups Click the box to open a group or the box to close a group You can choose a
98. Ee ae ean ERE e EE ERE dain 168 19 1 2 Antispam Operation chc enki bre ker pecie eI AGRIS 170 19 1 3 Antispam Updates sore e br tede see S one We one dr da 171 10 2 Status i c usestuees e pur A ed ER RIS MCN EIER A AE knees PE 171 19 2 1 Setting the Protection Level 0 cece 172 19 2 2 Configuring the Friends List 2 oerte rm 173 19 2 3 Configuring the Spammers List 00 0 cece eee 175 19 3 Settings sonores e RR Re eR be NER Pec C Ie Sore pe AN Ron nna 177 19 3 1 Antispam Settings i eese d ue e C RR ERR CENE RETE sate 178 19 3 2 Basic Antispam Filters so 22er Ret REP Re kr rede Rr EE Rr WES 179 19 3 3 Advanced Antispam Filters 00 cece cece 179 20 Parental Control sete cerro exe RR Ree KE P Rain 180 20 1 Configuring Parental Control For A User 0 eee 181 20 1 1 Protecting Parental Control Settings 0 cece eee 183 20 1 2 Setting Age Category cete cepe pp oe RR o done e RR dus 184 20 2 Monitoring Children ACtiVIty iic reete ER RR ER Rete ERE RE ded 186 20 2 1 Checking Visited Websites 00 ccc cece eee eee 187 20 2 2 Configuring E mail Notifications 0 cc cece eee eee 187 20 3 Web Control zu a seraseisjartioase sit ai anh erik eiae hts a d eana Rua o lec 188 20 3 1 Creating Web Control Rules iiliiiisllsseeesesseereeree 189 20 3 2 Managing Web Control Rules 0 00 eee 190 20 4 Web Time EImilter ute cient ie ep
99. Enable Script Control Total scripts blocked o Antispam i iJ Parental Control Donen Firewall Vulnerability Encryption gt Game Laptop Mode gt HomeNetwork Update Registration Check this box to enable Script Control It will prompt you to allow or reject scripts such as ActiveX controls Java scripts and applets VB Scripts Malicious scripts can compromise your system It is recommended that you block scripts from all domains you do not trust Script Control You can see the rules created so far listed in the table Important The rules are listed in order of their priority starting from the top meaning the first rule has the highest priority Drag amp drop rules in order to change their priority To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button To modify the rule parameters select the rule and click the Edit button or double click it Make the desired changes in the configuration window To manually create a rule click the Add button and configure the rule parameters in the configuration window 21 5 1 Configuration Window When you edit or manually add a rule the configuration window will appear Privacy Control 213 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Domain Any O Domain Select Action Allow O Deny Select the specific domain s that you want to allow or block scripting for Generally you should
100. HTTP traffic Match whole words Filter e mail SMTP traffic Match Case VJ Filter 1M Choose for which user s you want to apply this rule Only for me current user Limited user accounts O All users Rule Description Enter the name of this Identity Control rule Edit Rule Here you can change the name description and parameters of the rule type data and traffic Click OK to save the changes 21 2 4 Rules Defined by Other Administrators When you are not the only user with administrative rights on your system the other administrators can create identity rules of their own In case you want rules created by other users not to apply when you are logged on BitDefender allows you to exclude yourself from any rule that you have not created You can see a list of rules created by other administrators in the table under Identity Control Rules For each rule its name and the user who created it are listed in the table To exclude yourself from a rule select the rule in the table and click the Delete button 21 3 Registry Control A very important part of the Windows operating system is called the Registry This is where Windows keeps its settings installed programs user information and so on The Registry is also used to define which programs should be launched automatically when Windows is started Viruses often use this in order to be automatically launched when the user
101. Identity Control go to Privacy Control gt Identity in Expert Mode Privacy Control 200 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 NL E Identity Registry Cookie o Set V Enable Identity Control Total attempts blocked o Antispam Parental Control Firewall Rule Name Rule Type We E IM Match Wh Match Case Description Vulnerability Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Identity Control Rules Update Registration Rule Created By Check this box to enable Identity Control protection Identity Control If you want to use Identity Control follow these steps 1 Select the Enable Identity Control check box 2 Create rules to protect your sensitive data For more information please refer to Creating Identity Rules p 201 3 If needed define specific exclusions from the rules you have created For more information please refer to Defining Exclusions p 204 4 If you are an administrator on the computer you can exclude yourself from identity rules created by other administrators For more information please refer to Rules Defined by Other Administrators p 206 21 2 1 Creating Identity Rules To create an identity protection rule click the Add button and follow the configuration wizard Privacy Control 201 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 1 4 Welcome Window The Identity Co
102. PC up to date Allows you to encrypt Yahoo and Windows Live MSN Messenger communications and also to local encrypt your critical files folders or partitions Allows you to postpone the BitDefender scheduled tasks while your laptop runs on batteries and also to eliminate all alerts and pop ups when you are playing Allows you to configure and manage several computers in your household Allows you to obtain info on the latest updates to update the product and to configure the update process in detail Allows you to register BitDefender Internet Security 2010 to change the license key or to create a BitDefender account In the upper right corner of the window you can see the Settings button It opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main settings of BitDefender For detailed information please refer to Configuring Basic Settings p 40 In the bottom right corner of the window you can find several useful links Buy Renew Register Support Help View Logs Overview Opens a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender Internet Security 2010 product Allows you to enter a new license key or to view the current license key and the registration status Allows you to contact the BitDefender support team Gives you access to a help file that shows you how to use BitDefender Allows you to see a detailed history of all tasks performed by BitDef
103. Skip dialers and applications from scan and or Skip keyloggers from scan if you want to exclude these kinds of files from scanning Scans only files that have not been scanned before or that have been changed since the last time they were scanned By selecting this option you may greatly improve overall system responsiveness with a minimum trade off in security Scans the system s boot sector The accessed archives will be scanned With this option on the computer will slow down You can set the maximum size of archives to be scanned in kilobytes type 0 if you want all archives to be scanned and the maximum archive depth to scan Select from the drop down menu the first action to take on infected and suspicious files In case an infected file is detected the access to this will be denied Removes the malware code from infected files Deletes infected files immediately without any warning 125 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Move file to Moves infected files into the quarantine quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Second Select from the drop down menu the second action action to take on infected files in case the first action fails Deny access and Incasean infected file is detected the access continue to this will be denied Delete file Deletes infected files immediately without any warning Move file to Moves infected
104. Stealth column and select the desired option Stealth option Description On Stealth Mode is on Your computer is not visible from both the local network and the Internet Off Stealth Mode is off Anyone from the local network or the Internet can ping and detect your computer Firewall 220 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Remote Your computer cannot be detected from the Internet Local network users can ping and detect your computer 22 2 3 Configuring Generic Settings If the IP address of a network adapter is changed BitDefender modifies the trust level accordingly If you want to keep the same trust level click the arrow v from the Generic column and select Yes 22 2 4 Network Zones You can add allowed or blocked computers for a specific adapter A trusted zone is a computer that you fully trust All traffic between your computer and a trusted computer is allowed To share resources with specific computers in an unsecured wireless network add them as allowed computers A blocked zone is a computer that you do not want to communicate at all with your computer The Zones table displays the current network zones per adapter To add a zone click the Add button Zone 10 10 0 1 core dsd ro 10 10 0 3 gwintern dsd ro 10 10 0 4 vpn dsd ro 10 10 0 6 10 10 0 7 hp5550 dsd ro 10 10 0 8 hp1022 dsd ro 10 10 0 9 10 10 0 10 10 10 0 15 10 10 0 17 10 10 0 19 10 10 0 20 10 10 0 22 10 10 0 23
105. TOM AND PRACTICE OR TRADE USAGE DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES Anyone using testing or evaluating BitDefender bears all risk to the quality and performance of BitDefender In no event shall BITDEFENDER be liable for any damages of any kind including without limitation direct or indirect damages arising out of the use performance or delivery of BitDefender even if BITDEFENDER has been advised of the existence or possibility of such damages SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU IN NO CASE SHALL BITDEFENDER S LIABILITY EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE PAID BY YOU FOR BITDEFENDER The disclaimers and limitations set forth above will apply regardless of whether you accept to use evaluate or test BitDefender IMPORTANT NOTICE TO USERS THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT FAULT TOLERANT AND IS NOT DESIGNED OR INTENDED FOR USE IN ANY HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENT REQUIRING FAIL SAFE PERFORMANCE OR OPERATION THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT FOR USE IN THE OPERATION OF AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION NUCLEAR FACILITIES OR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WEAPONS SYSTEMS DIRECT OR INDIRECT LIFE SUPPORT SYSTEMS AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL OR ANY APPLICATION OR INSTALLATION WHERE FAILURE COULD RESULT IN DEATH SEVERE PHYSICAL INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE CONSENT TO ELECRONIC COMMUNICATIONS BitDefender may be required to send you legal notices and other communications about the Software and Ma
106. URL Filter Almost all spam messages include links to various web locations These locations usually contain more advertising and the possibility to buy things and sometimes they are used for phishing BitDefender maintains a database of such links The URL filter checks every URL link in a message against its database If a match is made the message is tagged as SPAM NeuNet Heuristic Filter The NeuNet Heuristic filter performs a set of tests on all the message components i e not only the header but also the message body in either HTML or text format looking for words phrases links or other characteristics of SPAM Based on the results of the analysis it adds a SPAM score to the message The filter also detects messages marked as SEXUALLY EXPLICIT in the subject line and tags them as SPAM Note 9 Starting May 19 2004 spam that contains sexually oriented material must include the warning SEXUALLY EXPLICIT in the subject line or face fines for violations of federal law Bayesian Filter The Bayesian filter module classifies messages according to statistical information regarding the rate at which specific words appear in messages classified SPAM as compared to those declared NON SPAM by you or by the heuristic filter This means for example if a certain four letter word is seen to appear more often in SPAM it is natural to assume there is an increased probability that the next incoming message that includes it
107. Web Control To enable this protection select the check box corresponding to Enable Web Control 20 3 1 Creating Web Control Rules To allow or block access to a website follow these steps 1 Click Allow Site or Block Site A new window will appear Parental Control 189 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Website URL address Website Action Block O Allow Specify Website 2 Enter the website address in the Website field Syntax A e XXX com the action of the rule will apply on all web sites finished with XXX com porn the action of the rule will apply on all web sites containing porn in the web site address www com the action of the rule will apply on all web sites having the domain suffix com www XXX the action of the rule will apply on all web sites starting with WWW XXX no matter the domain suffix 3 Select the desired action for this rule Allow or Block 4 Click Finish to add the rule 20 3 2 Managing Web Control Rules The Website Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window The website address and current status are listed for each Web Control rule To edit a rule select it click the Edit button and make the necessary changes in the configuration window To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button You must also select what action BitDefen
108. a new vault use any of these methods e Click Create vault e Right click in the vaults table and select Create e Right click on your Desktop or in a folder on your computer point to BitDefender File Vault and select Create A new window will appear Encryption 237 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 The File Vault full path on disk including the file name and extension Drive letter K W Password v Format Drive Confirm The password must be at least 8 characters long Vault size MB 50 El Creates a new File Vault Create File Vault Proceed as follows 1 Specify the location and the name of the vault file e Click Browse select the location of the vault and save the vault file under the desired name e Just type the name of the vault in the corresponding field to create it in My Documents To open My Documents click the Windows Start menu and then My Documents e Type the full path of the vault file on the disk For example C Xmy vault bvd Choose a drive letter from the menu When you open the vault a virtual disk drive labeled with the selected letter appears in My Computer Type the desired password to the vault in the Password and Confirm fields Anyone trying to open the vault and access its files must provide the password Select Format drive to format the virtual drive assigned to the vaul
109. abs for analysis Please note that these reports will contain no confidential data such as your name or IP address and that they will not be used for commercial purposes Outbreak Detection By enabling this option reports regarding potential virus outbreaks are sent to BitDefender labs for analysis Please note that these reports will contain no confidential data such as your name or IP address and that they will not be used for commercial purposes Configuring Basic Settings 44 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 9 History and Events The View Logs link at the bottom of the BitDefender main window opens another window with the BitDefender history amp events This window offers you an overview of the security related events For instance you can easily check if the update was successfully performed if malware was found on your computer etc Note D The link is only accessible in Intermediate Mode or in Expert Mode History amp Events jeans 0 Real time protection Antispam EE 3 illie iatis Action Taken Date Parental Control Real time protection Enabled 29 06 2009 12 54 47 NER f Real time protection Disabled 29 06 2009 12 54 38 Real time protection Enabled 29 06 2009 12 51 34 Firewall Real time protection Disabled 29 06 2009 12 49 09 f Infected file detected Moved to quarantine 29 06 2009 12 47 49 Vulnerability 3 Infected file detected Moved to quarantine 29 06 2009 12 47 46 NER Infected fi
110. activity over TCP and UDP sorted by application and to open the BitDefender Firewall log go to Firewall gt Activity in Expert Mode o Sees Network o Rules ay Firewall Activity ivi Hide inactive processes Antisp Process Name PIDjP Outjs In Injs Age Parental Control Privacy Control rv NNNM Vulnerability gt Encryption gt Game Laptop Mode gt Home Network gt Update gt Registration E 10 10 15 244 NTP B 127 0 0 1 NTP E 127 0 0 1 1900 Bj 10 10 15 244 1900 EET vsserv exe service amp 0 0 0 0 10000 gy vbapiserv exe amp 0 0 0 0 33333 B f winlogon exe B 127 0 0 1 1040 e Ej lsass exe amp 0 0 0 0 4500 B 127 0 0 1 1025 amp 0 0 0 0 KE e alg exe B 127 0 0 1 1036 E svchost exe k rpess amp 0 0 0 0 RPC E svchost exe k localse UDP UDP 1888 UDP UDP 3876 UDP 704 TCP 1100 UDP 1156 UDP UDP UDP 1368 TCP 1412 TCP 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bjs 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bfs 0 0 Bfs 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis 68 0 B 0 0 B 172 8 KB 399 0 B 172 4 KB 1 1 KB 0 0 B 0 0 B 0 0 B 10 2 KB 0 0 B 97 3 KB 0 0 B 0 0 B 0 0 B 0 0 B 0 0 B 0 0 B 0 0 B 0 0 Bjs 0 0 B s 88 7 Bis 0 0 Bjs 88 7 Bis 0 0 B s 0 0 Bjs 0 0 B s 0 0 B s 0 0 B s 0 0 B s 0 0 B s 0 0 Bjs 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bjs 0 0 Bjs 0 0 Bjs 0 0 Bjs 0 0 Bjs 15m 59s 15m 59s
111. al Control Firewall Vulnerability Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Update Registration Check this box to enable Registry Control Registry Control You can see the rules created so far listed in the table To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button 21 4 Cookie Control Cookies are a very common occurrence on the Internet They are small files stored on your computer Websites create these cookies in order to keep track of specific information about you Cookies are generally made to make your life easier For example they can help the website remember your name and preferences so that you don t have to enter them on every visit But cookies can also be used to compromise your privacy by tracking your surfing patterns This is where Cookie Control helps When enabled Cookie Control will ask for your permission whenever a new website tries to set a cookie Privacy Control 208 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Internet Explorer Location h program files internet explorer iexplore exe Question This program wants to send a previously stored cookie to coding derkeiler com Do you want to allow this program to do this operation Allow this cookie to be stored and resent only if the website is a trusted one Cookie Alert You can see the name of the application that is trying to sen
112. and will automatically be allowed access Similarly applications you wish to always deny access to can be added to the list of untrusted applications and BitDefender Active Virus Control will automatically block them The applications for which you have created rules are listed in the table under Exclusions The path to the application and the action you have set for it Allowed or Blocked is displayed for each rule To manage the list use the buttons placed above the table e Add add a new application to the list Antivirus 129 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Remove remove an application from the list e Edit edit an application rule 18 1 4 Disabling Real time Protection If you want to disable real time protection a warning window will appear You must confirm your choice by selecting from the menu how long you want the real time protection to be disabled You can disable real time protection for 5 15 or 30 minutes for an hour permanently or until the system restart Warning This is a critical security issue We recommend you to disable real time protection for as little time as possible If real time protection is disabled you will not be protected against malware threats 18 1 5 Configuring Antiphishing Protection BitDefender provides real time antiphishing protection for e Internet Explorer Mozilla Firefox e Yahoo Messenger e Windows Live MSN Messenger You can choose to disable the
113. and My Account p 47 Indicates your license key type and status To keep your system safe you must renew or upgrade BitDefender if your key has expired Indicates the number of days left until the license key expires If your license key expires within the following days please register the product with a new license key To purchase a license key or to renew your license click the Buy Renew link located at the bottom of the window To configure general settings for BitDefender and to manage its settings go to General gt Settings in Expert Mode General 116 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 General Settings Enable password protection for product settings Bask For Apply password to Parental Control on Parental Control J Ask me if I want to configure a password when I enable Parental Control Privacy Control v Show BitDefender News security related notifications Show pop ups on screen notes Firewall Show pop ups when the user interface is set to Expert Vulnerabilit 7 Show pop ups when the user interface is set to Novice or Average Encryption Show the Scan Activity Bar on screen graph of product activity Game Laptop Mode Virus Report Settings Home Network Z Send virus reports Update Enable BitDefender Outbreak Detection Registration Enable this option if you want to set a password to re
114. and run custom scan tasks to scan specific locations on your computer using custom scanning options Follow these steps to run a scan task in Intermediate Mode 1 Click the Security tab 2 On the left side Quick Tasks area click System Scan to start a standard scan of the entire computer To run a different scan task click the arrow lx on the button and select the desired scan task To configure and run a custom scan click Custom Scan These are the available scan tasks Scan Task Description System Scan Scans the entire system except for archives In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware other than rootkits Deep System Scan Scans the entire system In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware threatening your system s security such as viruses Spyware adware rootkits and others My Documents Scan Use this task to scan important current user folders My Documents Desktop and StartUp This will ensure the safety of your documents a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup Custom Scan This option helps you configure and run a custom scan task allowing you to specify what to scan and the general scanning options You can save custom scan tasks so that you can later access them in Intermediate Mode or in Expert Mode 3 Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan If you chose to run a custom scan you must complete instead the Custom Scan wizard Runnin
115. aning is as follows MU Indicates an online computer with no BitDefender products installed E Indicates an online computer with BitDefender installed S Indicates an offline computer with BitDefender installed 3 Do one of the following e Select from the list the name of the computer to add e Type the IP address or the name of the computer to add in the corresponding field 4 Click Add You will be prompted to enter the home management password of the respective computer Home Network 251 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Enter the Home Network Management password for this PC A password is required in order to join or to create a network for security reasons It will guard the access to your computer via the home network Remote password Authenticate 5 Type the home management password configured on the respective computer 6 Click OK If you have provided the correct password the selected computer name will appear in the network map Note You can add up to five computers to the network map 26 3 Managing the BitDefender Network Once you have successfully created a BitDefender home network you can manage all BitDefender products from a single computer Home Network 252 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 O 10 10 0 1 INTERNET Antispam Parental Control bdmobile10 xp smandache Computer Offline T g Privacy Control Register B
116. arked as spam there may be a problem with the BitDefender Antispam filter Before troubleshooting this problem make sure it is not caused by one of the following conditions e The BitDefender Antispam protection is available only for e mail clients configured to receive e mail messages via the POP3 protocol This means the following E mail messages received via web based e mail services such as Yahoo Gmail Hotmail or other are not filtered for spam by BitDefender If your e mail client is configured to receive e mail messages using other protocol than POP3 for example IMAP4 the BitDefender Antispam filter does not check them for spam Troubleshooting 313 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note POP3 is one of the most widely used protocols for downloading e mail messages from a mail server If you do not know the protocol that your e mail client uses to download e mail messages ask the person who configured your e mail client BitDefender Internet Security 2010 doesn t scan Lotus Notes POP3 traffic You should also verify the following possible causes 1 Make sure Antispam is enabled a Open BitDefender b Click the Settings button in the upper right corner of the window c In the Security Settings category check the antispam status If Antispam is disabled this is what is causing your problem Enable Antispam and monitor the antispam operation to see if the problem is fixed 2 Although very unlikel
117. ary changes in the configuration window To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button Parental Control 195 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 20 7 Instant Messaging IM Control The Instant Messaging IM Control allows you to specify the IM contacts your children are allowed to chat with Note The IM Control is only available for Yahoo Messenger and Windows Live MSN Messenger To configure IM Control for a specific user account click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Messaging tab 0 Sus web Web Limiter Applications keywords Messaging v Enable Instant Messaging Control Select how would you prefer BitDefender to Filter the IM traffic Allow IM with all the contacts except the ones in the list Block IM with all the contacts except the ones in the list allow mD Block 5j Name IMID IM Application Status Enable this option to configure BitDefender to allow all IM messages with the contacts that are not listed below Instant Messaging Control Select the Enable Instant Messaging Control check box if you want to use this control feature 20 7 1 Creating Instant Messaging IM Control Rules To allow or block instant messaging with a contact follow these steps 1 Click Block IM ID or Allow IM ID A new window will appear Parental Control 196 BitDefender Internet Security 2010
118. at if you select them they can be opened e Scan accessed files and P2P transfers options scans the accessed files and the communications through Instant Messaging Software applications ICQ NetMeeting Yahoo Messenger MSN Messenger Further on select the type of the files you want to be scanned Option Description Scan Scan all files All the accessed files will be scanned accessed regardless of their type files Scan applications Only the program files will be scanned This only means only the files with the following extensions exe bat com dll ocx scr bin dat 386 vxd sys wdm Cla class ovl ole exe hlp Antivirus 124 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 doc dot xls ppt wbk wiz pot ppa xla xlt vbs vbe mdb rtf htm hta html xml xtp php asp js shs chm lnk pif prc url smm pdf msi ini csc cmd bas eml and nws Antivirus Scan user defined extensions Scan for riskware Scan only new and changed files Scan boot sectors Scan inside archives First action Deny access and continue Disinfect file Delete file Only the files with the extensions specified by the user will be scanned These extensions must be separated by Scans for riskware Detected files will be treated as infected The software that includes adware components might stop working if this option is enabled Select
119. at application that supports Yahoo Messenger or MSN You can easily configure instant messaging encryption using the BitDefender toolbar from the chat window The toolbar should be d located in the bottom right corner of the chat F window Look for the BitDefender logo to find it Permanently disable encryption for xanado25 Invite xanado25 to use encryption Add xanado25 to Parental Control blacklist Note o The toolbar indicates that a conversation BitDefender Toolbar is encrypted by displaying a small key o next to the BitDefender logo By clicking the BitDefender toolbar you are provided with the following options e Permanently disable encryption for contact e Invite contact to use encryption To encrypt your conversations your contact must install BitDefender and use a compatible IM program e Add contact to Parental Control blacklist If you add the contact to the Parental Control blacklist and Parental Control is enabled you will no longer see the instant messages sent by that contact To remove the contact from the blacklist click the toolbar and select Remove contact from Parental Control blacklist Integration into Instant Messenger Programs 278 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 32 Integration into Mail Clients BitDefender Internet Security 2010 includes an Antispam module Antispam verifies the e mail messages you receive and identifies those that are spam The spam messages detected
120. ating nager Profile Categories Web Proxy Blocker Online Shopping Tabloids C Social Networks Bot Gambling 2 E Profile Categories Games Search Engines Video Photo Regional TLD iM News Web Filter Categories Select the check box corresponding to a category you want to block and the user will no longer be allowed to access websites matching that category To make your selection easier the categories of web content are listed according to the age group for which one could consider them appropriate Child Profile Categories includes content that children under the age of 14 may be allowed access to Category Description Games Websites offering browser games game discussion forums game downloads cheats walkthroughs etc Video Photo Websites that host video or photo galleries IM Instant messaging applications Search Engines Search engines and search portals Regional TLD Websites that have a domain name outside your region News Online newspapers Parental Control 185 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Teenager Profile Categories includes content that may be considered safe for children between 14 and 18 years old Category Description Web Proxy Blocker Websites used to mask the URL of a requested website Tabloids Online magazines Gambling Online casinos betting websites websites offering betting tips betting forums etc Online Shopping On
121. ation file directly from www bitdefender com 35 1 2 Failed Installation There are several installation fail possibilities e During installation an error screen appears You may be prompted to cancel the installation or a button may be provided to run an unistall tool that will clean up the system Note Immediately after you initiate installation you may notified that there is not enough free disk space to install BitDefender In such case free the required amount of disk space on the partition where you want to install BitDefender and then resume or reinitiate the installation e The installation hangs out and possibly your system freezes Only a restart restores system responsiveness e Installation was completed but you cannot use some or all of the BitDefender functions To troubleshoot a failed installation and install BitDefender follow these steps Troubleshooting 302 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 Clean up the system after the failed installation If the installation fails some BitDefender registry keys and files may remain in your system Such remainders may prevent a new installation of BitDefender They may also affect system performance and stability This is why you must remove them before you try to install the product again If the error screen provides a button to run an uninstall tool click that button to clean up the system Otherwise proceed as follows a Go to www bitdefender com u
122. ave a dat extension To load a previously saved Bayesian database click the Load Bayes button and open the corresponding file Click the Alerts tab if you want to access the section where you can disable the apparition of the confirmation windows for the amp Add spammer and Add friend buttons Note In the Alerts window you can also enable disable the apparition of the Please select an email message alert This alert appears when you select a group instead of an email message e 4 Wizard opens the antispam configuration wizard which will help you train the Bayesian filter in order to further increase the efficiency of the BitDefender Antispam filtering You can also add addresses from your Address Book to your Friends list Spammers list e 6 BitDefender Antispam opens the BitDefender user interface Integration into Mail Clients 292 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 How To 293 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 33 How to Scan Files and Folders Scanning is easy and flexible with BitDefender There are 4 ways to set BitDefender to scan files and folders for viruses and other malware e Using Windows Contextual Menu e Using Scan Tasks e Using BitDefender Manual Scan e Using Scan Activity Bar Once you initiate a scan the Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the process For detailed information about this wizard please refer to Antivirus Scan Wizard p 52 33 1 Using Wind
123. be added to the database This update type is also known as Antispyware Update e Product upgrades when a new product version is released new features and scan techniques are introduced to the effect of improving the product s performance This update type is also known as Product Update 27 1 Automatic Update To see update related information and perform automatic updates go to Update Update in Expert Mode Update 255 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 EE v Automatic Update is enabled M Last checked 29 06 2009 14 01 23 Antispam Last update 29 06 2009 14 06 35 Parental Control Antimalware Engine Properties Privacy Control LLL Virus signatures 3760503 Firewall Engine Version 7 26254 Vulnerability Update Status Encryption Game Laptop Mode Status Home Network Total update lum gt Registration Automatic Update Here you can see when the last check for updates and the last update were performed as well as information about the last update performed if successful or the errors that occurred Also information about the current engine version and the number of signatures is displayed If you open this section during an update you can see the download status Important A To be protected against the latest threats keep the Automatic Update enabled You can get the malware signatures of your BitDefend
124. be taken on hidden files These files will appear in the report file Rename files Changes the name of hidden files by appending bd ren to their name As a result you will be able to search for and find such files on your computer if any Antivirus 140 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Move files to Quarantine Moves hidden files into the quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Note Please note that these hidden files are not the files that you deliberately hide from Windows They are the files hidden by special programs known as rootkits Rootkits are not malicious in nature However they are commonly used to make viruses or spyware undetectable by normal antivirus programs Action options for password protected and encrypted files Files encrypted using Windows may be important to you This is why you can configure different actions to be taken on the infected or suspicious files that are encrypted using Windows Another category of files that requires special actions is password protected archives Password protected archives cannot be scanned unless you provide the password Use these options to configure the actions to be taken on password protected archives and on Windows encrypted files Action to take when an encrypted infected file is found Select the action to be taken on infected files that are encrypted using Windows The following opti
125. be treated as infected Scan for applications Scan for legitimate applications that can be used as a spying tool to hide malicious applications or for other malicious intent Scan for dialers Scans for applications dialing high cost numbers Detected files will be treated as infected The software that includes dialer components might stop working if this option is enabled Scan for rootkits Scans for hidden objects files and processes generally known as rootkits Scan for keyloggers Scans for malicious applications that record keystrokes Wizards 61 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click OK to close the window Click Next 11 2 4 Step 4 6 Additional Settings Before scanning begins additional options are available Additional Options w Show this task in the Intermediate UI C Shut down the computer after scan finishes if no threats are Found Save the current scanning task in order to be able to use it again in the future Quick tasks can be accessed via the BitDefender Security Center in Intermediate Mode gt Security gt Tasks or Expert Mode gt Antivirus gt Scan Additional Settings e To save the custom task you are creating for future use select the Show this task in Intermediate UI check box and enter a name for the task in the provided edit field The task will be added to the list of Quick Tasks already available in the Security tab and will also appear i
126. bitdefender internet security 2010 Copyright 2009 BitDefender BitDefender Internet Security 2010 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 User s guide Published 2009 07 08 Copyright 2009 BitDefender Legal Notice All rights reserved No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system without written permission from an authorized representative of BitDefender The inclusion of brief quotations in reviews may be possible only with the mention of the quoted source The content can not be modified in any way Warning and Disclaimer This product and its documentation are protected by copyright The information in this document is provided on an as is basis without warranty Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the authors will not have any liability to any person or entity with respect to any loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by the information contained in this work This book contains links to third party Websites that are not under the control of BitDefender therefore BitDefender is not responsible for the content of any linked site If you access a third party website listed in this document you will do so at your own risk BitDefender provides these links only as a convenience and the inclusion of
127. blocking connection attempts or traffic according to the rules view the BitDefender Firewall log file by clicking View Log The file is located in the Common Files folder of the current Windows user under the path BitDefender BitDefender Firewall bdfirewall txt If you want the log to contain more information select Increase log verbosity Firewall 230 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 23 Vulnerability An important step in protecting your computer against malicious persons and applications is to keep up to date the operating system and the applications you regularly use Moreover to prevent unauthorized physical access to your computer strong passwords passwords that cannot be easily guessed must be configured for each Windows user account BitDefender regularly checks your system for vulnerabilities and notifies you about the existing issues 23 1 Status To configure the automatic vulnerability checking or run a vulnerability check go to Vulnerability gt Status in Expert Mode v Automatic Vulnerability Check is enabled oa Check now gt Parental Control Vulnerability Check Status Privacy Control Issue Status Action po Critical Microsoft Updates Dutdated Install Firewall Other Microsoft updates Latest None Automatic Updates Status Enabled None gt wemerab ty vmware user Strong Password None Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Updat
128. but it might be useful for network administrators and gamers Allow Known Programs Applies the current rules and allows all outgoing connection attempts from programs which are known to be legitimate whitelisted by BitDefender without prompting For the rest of connection attempts BitDefender will ask for your permission Whitelisted programs are the most commonly used applications worldwide They include the most known web browsers audio amp video players chat and filesharing programs as well as server clients and operating system applications To see the complete whitelist click View Whitelist Report Applies the current rules and consults you about all traffic attempts that do not match any of the current rules Deny All Applies the current rules and denies all traffic attempts that do not match any of the current rules 22 1 2 Configuring Advanced Firewall Settings You can click Advanced Settings to configure the advanced firewall settings EJ Enable Internet Connection Sharing v Detect applications that changed since the firewall rule has been created v Don t detect changes in digitally signed applications C Show Wi Fi Notifications v Block Port Scans C Enable strict automatic rules restricts rule scope C Enable Intrusion Detection IDS Advanced Firewall Settings The following options are available Enable Internet Connection Sharing ICS support enables support for
129. can Files and Folders uentrem eet rhe eene oer nra 31 6 4 2 Disable Restore Scan Activity Bar 0 cee eee eee eee 31 6 5 BitDefender Manual Sca 1 aen ter rrr erectio anaes bred 32 6 6 Game Mode and Laptop Mode 0 cee cee eee eee 33 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 626 1 Game Modes ad eerte a agp tero ead nal ad Sone at 33 6 6 2 Laptop Modernas Ha ARP Rp Y cana nadine saw dera e maaan es 35 6 7 Automatic Device Detection scent mede c e Ro arat 35 T Fixifig ISSUES 2 ttes ete Sae PA e Ra DU piane 37 TAG Ex AlbIssues Wizard ucro ape aeea Dae deu i dad perde aie moan drag 37 7 2 Configuring Issue Tracking re unco stetur sen ER rer RS PC ER Bonide ER RUPEE RO 39 8 Configuring Basic Settings ics e een ER RR HERE ERE One 40 8 3 User Interface Settiliqs reete pte rele base par pe gabe d date G Dbi 41 8 2 Security Setblligs uq sut ach m E BORNE g bebe Dn tig be bb E ated ENEE 42 8 3 General Setting sse ponts e pon dd Rd pug as e RUP b qs 43 9 History and EVENS orsoni o ee eu bmi va e neu a 45 10 Registration and My Account ssssssssssse 47 10 1 Registering BitDefender Internet Security 2010 sssssessesss 47 10 2 Activating BitDefender 5 scoop emt eR e RRERETEEPEME TREES 49 10 3 Purchasing License Key 5 sce vies doesn die deere dled toe kr hr rm bere het dones 51 10 4 Renewing Your License iiss ceeds aw hr ore beer hr over aie Re Gere 51 I1 Wizard
130. can Options The following are available Option Description Scan all files Select this option to scan all the files in the selected folders Scan files with Only the program files will be scanned This means application extensions only the files with the following extensions exe only bat com dll ocx scr bin dat 386 vxd sys wdm cla class ovl ole exe hlp doc dot xls ppt wbk wiz pot ppa xla xlt vbs vbe mdb rtf htm hta html xml xtp php asp js shs chm lnk pif prc url smm pdf msi ini csc cmd bas eml and nws Wizards 58 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Scan user defined Only the files with the extensions specified by the user extensions only will be scanned These extensions must be separated by Bue Click Next 11 2 3 Step 3 6 Select Actions Here you can specify the scanner settings and the scan level Scan Wizard Action Options Please choose the appropriate scanner settings and set the scan level Actions to be taken on infected files Scan Level Fraction Disinfect ae e de aggressiveness level by selecting the appropriate Second action Take no action E Default DEFAULT Actions to be taken on suspect files Medium ceste m esate Te Men First action Take no action ES scan for viruses and spyware Custom Action to be taken on hidden rootkit files Action Take no actio
131. ccess the BitDefender Manual Scan use the Windows Start menu by following the path Start gt Programs gt BitDefender 2010 gt BitDefender Manual Scan The following window will appear Antivirus Scan Scanned items Click Add Target to define the scanning target For this scan task adiri Scan Target In this step you can choose the files and Folders to be scanned BitDefender Manual Scan Click Add Folder select the location you want to scan and click OK If you want to scan multiple folders repeat this action for each additional location The paths to the selected locations will appear in the Scan Target column If you change your mind about the location just click the Remove button next to it Click the Remove All Paths button to remove all the locations that were added to the list Overview 32 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 When you are done selecting the locations click Continue The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process Scanning options The scanning options are pre configured for the best detection results If infected files are detected BitDefender will try to disinfect them remove the malware code If disinfection fails the Antivirus Scan wizard will allow you to specify other actions to be taken on infected files The scanning options are standard and you cannot change them What is Safe Mode Safe Mode is a special way to star
132. ces 1 Double click the START SCANNER icon on the Desktop This will launch the BitDefender Scanner for Unices 2 Click Settings a new window will appear 3 Under Update Settings select the Enable HTTP Proxy check box Specify the Proxy host to be specified as follows host port Proxy user to be specified as follows domainN username and Password Select the Bypass proxy server when not available check box for a direct connection to be used when the proxy server is not available 4 Click Save 5 Click Update Use Terminal as root 1 Right click the Desktop The BitDefender Rescue CD contextual menu will appear 2 Select Terminal as root 3 Type the command cd ramdisk BitDefender scanner etc 4 Type the command mcedit bdscan conf to edit this file by using GNU Midnight Commander mc Uncomment the following line HttpProxy just delete the sign and specify the domain username password and server port of the proxy server For example the respective line must look like this Un HttpProxy myuser mypassword Qproxy company com 8080 BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 328 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 6 Press F2 to save the current file confirm saving and then press F10 to close it 7 Type the command bdscan update 38 6 How do save my data Let s assume that you cannot start your Windows PC due to some unknown issues At the same time you desperately need to access some importa
133. ch issues to be monitored Moreover you can manage remotely the BitDefender products installed on the computers in your household Expert Mode Suited for more technical users this mode allows you to fully configure each functionality of BitDefender You can also use all tasks provided to protect your computer and data Resetting the usage profile The usage profile reflects the main activities performed on the computer Depending on the usage profile the product interface is organized to allow easy access to your preferred tasks To reconfigure the usage profile click Reset Usage Profile and follow the configuration wizard Configuring Basic Settings 41 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 8 2 Security Settings In this area you can enable or disable product settings that cover various aspects of computer and data security The current status of a setting is indicated using one of these icons Green circle with a check mark The setting is enabled Red circle with an exclamation mark The setting is disabled To enable disable a setting select clear the corresponding Enable check box Warning Use caution when disabling real time antivirus protection firewall or automatic update Disabling these features may compromise your computer s security If you really need to disable them remember to re enable them as soon as possible The entire list of settings and their description is provided in the following table
134. choose a location for the bvd file Note Remember that the file vault is an encrypted file on your computer with the bvd extension 2 Select a drive letter for the new file vault from the corresponding drop down menu Note D Remember that when you mount the bvd file a new logical partition a new drive will appear 3 Type a password for the file vault into the corresponding field D Note The password must have at least 8 characters 4 Re type the password Wizards 73 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 field Click Next You will go to the step 5 Step 4 6 Password Add Files to Vault Ask for File Vault Password Password Go forward to the next step of the wizard Please enter the currently selected File Vault password SS Enter password Type the password into the corresponding field and click Next Step 5 6 Summary Wizards This is where you can review chosen operations 5 Set the size of the file vault in MB by typing a number into the corresponding This is where you will be asked to enter the password for the selected vault 74 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Finish Please review the selected operations and click Next if you wish to continue You can click Back if you want to change anything Operation Add 1 file Folder to new File Vault fvtest2 E Scripts Wks_all_tests Testbed Filevault fvtest2 bvd
135. ck this option the respective password will be requested when configuring any BitDefender option Important A If you forgot the password you will have to repair the product in order to modify the BitDefender configuration e Ask me if I want to configure a password when I enable Parental Control prompts you to configure a password when you want to enable Parental Control and no password is set By setting a password you will prevent other users with administrative rights from changing the Parental Control settings that you configured for a specific user Show BitDefender News security related notifications shows from time to time security notifications regarding virus outbreaks sent by the BitDefender server e Show pop ups on screen notes shows pop up windows regarding the product status You can configure BitDefender to display pop ups only when the interface is in Novice Intermediate Mode or the Expert Mode e Show the Scan Activity bar on screen graph of product activity displays the Scan Activity bar whenever you log on to Windows Clear this check box if you do not want the Scan Activity bar to be displayed anymore Scan Activity Bar General 118 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note This option can be configured only for the current Windows user account The Scan activity bar is only available when the interface is in Expert Mode 17 2 2 Virus Report Settings e Send virus reports
136. clamation mark Issues affect the component The sentences describing issues are written in red Just click the Fix button corresponding to a sentence to fix the reported issue If an issue is not fixed on the spot follow the wizard to fix it 13 1 1 Configuring Status Tracking To select the components BitDefender should monitor click Configure Status Tracking and select the Enable alerts check box corresponding to the features you want to be tracked A Important You need to enable status tracking for a component if you wish to be notified when issues are affecting the security of that component To ensure that your system is fully protected enable tracking for all components and fix all reported issues The status of the following security components can be tracked by BitDefender e Antivirus BitDefender monitors the status of the two components of the Antivirus feature real time protection and an on demand scan The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table Issue Description Real time protection is Files are not scanned as they are accessed by you disabled or by an application running on this system You have never scanned An on demand system scan was never performed your computer for to check if files stored on your computer are malware malware free The last system scan A full system scan was started but not completed you started was aborted before it finished Antivirus is
137. computer for a longer time for example during the night You can schedule the scan to start when convenient Make sure you leave your computer running With Windows Vista make sure your computer is not in sleep mode when the task is scheduled to run f you frequently download files from the Internet to a specific folder create a new scan task and set that folder as scan target Schedule the task to run every day or more often e There is a kind of malware which sets itself to be executed at system startup by changing Windows settings To protect your computer against such malware you can schedule the Auto logon Scan task to run at system startup Please note that autologon scanning may affect system performance for a short time after startup Scanning Methods BitDefender provides four types of on demand scanning e Immediate scanning run a scan task from the system user tasks e Contextual scanning right click a file or a folder and select Scan with BitDefender e Drag amp Drop scanning drag and drop a file or a folder over the Scan Activity Bar e Manual scanning use BitDefender Manual Scan to directly select the files or folders to be scanned Antivirus 146 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Immediate Scanning To scan your computer or part of it you can run the default scan tasks or your own scan tasks This is called immediate scanning To run ascan task use one of the following methods double c
138. conf Dial via DSL adapter 2 X qut Network Connections 2 Select the type of connection you are using and click OK Connection Description modemlink Select this type of connection when you are using a modem and a telephone line to access the Internet BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 326 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 netcardconfig Select this type of connection when you are using a local area network LAN to access the Internet It is also suitable for wireless connections gprsconnect Select this type of connection when you are accessing the Internet over a mobile phone network by using GPRS General Packet Radio Service protocol Of course you can use also a GPRS modem instead of a mobile phone pppoeconf Select this type of connection when you are using a DSL Digital Subscriber Line modem to access the Internet 3 Follow the on screen instructions If you re not sure what to write contact your system or network administrator for details Important Please be aware that you only activate the modem by selecting the above mentioned options To configure the network connection follow these steps 1 Right click the Desktop The BitDefender Rescue CD contextual menu will appear 2 Select Terminal as root 3 Type the following commands pppconfig 4 Follow the on screen instructions If you re not sure what to write contact your system or network administrator for details 38 5
139. ct this option to skip scanning this archive Skip all password protected items without scanning them Select this option if you do not want to be bothered about password protected archives BitDefender will not be able to scan them but a record will be kept in the scan log Click OK to continue scanning Antivirus 150 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Stopping or pausing the scan You can stop scanning anytime you want by clicking Stop amp Yes You will go directly to the last step of the wizard To temporarily stop the scanning process just click Pause You will have to click Resume to resume scanning Step 2 3 Select Actions When the scanning is completed a new window will appear where you can see the scan results Antivirus Scan Results Summary Below you can find the results summary For the current scan task Solved issues 2 Q 1 threat s affecting 1 object s require s your attention Take an overall action For all unresolved items or select individually the action for each item Choose an action _ Win32 Parite C 1 issue left deletion failed Choose an action _w BitDefender has detected and blocked viruses on your computer This is the list of threats Please click the virus name to see its corresponding list of infected items Actions You can see the number of issues affecting your system The infected objects are displayed in groups based on the malware they
140. ction BitDefender automatically detects when you connect a removable storage device to your computer and offers to scan it before you access its files This is recommended in order to prevent viruses and other malware from infecting your computer Detected devices fall into one of these categories e CDs DVDs e USB storage devices such as flash pens and external hard drives e mapped remote network drives When such a device is detected an alert window is displayed Overview 35 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 To scan the storage device just click Yes The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process BitDefender has detected a new n orage device If you do not want to scan the device you must click Wins No In this case you may find one of these options Five ty mdb dive useful Device path Y C Don t ask me again about this type of device Would you like to scan it For viruses e Don t ask me again about this type of device BitDefender will no longer offer to scan storage devices of this type when they are connected to uu your computer Disable automatic device detection Disable automatic device detection You will no longer be prompted to scan new storage devices when they are connected to the computer Device Detection Alert If you accidentally disabled automatic device detection and you want to enable it or if you wan
141. curity 2010 32 1 1 Step 1 6 Welcome Window Welcome to the BitDefender Antispam Optimization Wizard This is the BitDefender Antispam Optimization wizard It will guide you through the process of training the Learning Bayesian Filter so that the efficiency of Antispam filter is Further increased The Learning Engine is a tool that automatically detects potential spam based on a predefined set of rules You can also define your own Spammers or Friends Lists Click here to go to the next page of the BitDefender wizard Welcome Window Click Next Integration into Mail Clients 280 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 32 1 2 Step 2 6 Fill in the Friends List Add Contacts to Friends List You can automatically add all your contacts from the Address Book to the Friends list Z Select all C Skp this step Click here to return to the previous step of the BitDefender wizard Fill in the Friends List Here you can see all the addresses from your Address Book Please select those you want to be added to your Friends list we recommend to select them all You will receive all the e mail messages from these addresses regardless of their content To add all your contacts to the Friends list check Select all If you want to skip this configuration step select Skip this step Click Next to continue Integration into Mail Clients BitDefender I
142. d chat application such as Meebo or if one of the chat partners uses Yahoo and the other Windows Live MSN To configure instant messaging encryption go to Encryption gt IM Encryption in Expert Mode Note You can easily configure instant messaging encryption using the BitDefender toolbar from the chat window For more information please refer to Integration into Instant Messenger Programs p 278 Encryption 234 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 M Encryption Fle Encryption General wl IM Encryption is enabled Antivirus v Yahoo Messenger Encryption is enabled Antispam vl Windows Live MSN Messenger Encryption is enabled Parental Control Encryption Exclusions Privacy Control User ID Firewall Vulnerability Game Laptop Mode Home Network Current Connections Update User ID IM Application Encryption Status Registration Thisis where you can configure in detail the IM Encryption module Instant Messaging Encryption By default IM Encryption is enabled for both Yahoo Messenger and Windows Live MSN Messenger You can choose to disable IM Encryption for a specific chat application only or completely Two tables are displayed Encryption Exclusions lists the user IDs and the associated IM program for which encryption is disabled To remove a contact from the list select it and click the Remove button C
143. d on a remote PC Allows you to create a password to restrict access to BitDefender settings on this PC e Run an on demand scan task Allows you to run an on demand scan on the remote computer You can perform any ofthe following scan tasks My Documents Scan System Scan or Deep System Scan e Fix all issues on this PC Network 107 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Allows you to fix the issues that are affecting the security of this computer by following the Fix All Issues wizard View History Events Allows you access to the History amp Events module of the BitDefender product installed on this computer Update Now Intitiates the Update process for the BitDefender product installed on this computer Set Parental Control Profile Allows you to set the age category to be used by the Parental Control web filter on this computer child teenager or adult e Set as Update Server for this network Allows you to set this computer as update server for all BitDefender products installed on the computers in this network Using this option will reduce internet traffic because only one computer in the network will connect to the internet to download updates Before running a task on a specific computer you will be prompted to provide the local home management password Please enter here the password that you have set when you enabled Home Management on this PC Password EJ Don t show this messag
144. d the cookie file Click Yes or No and a rule will be created applied and listed in the rules table This will help you to choose which websites you trust and which you don t a Note Because of the great number of cookies used on the Internet today Cookie Control can be quite bothersome to begin with At first it will ask a lot of questions about sites trying to place cookies on your computer As soon as you add your regular sites to the rule list surfing will become as easy as before To configure Cookie Control go to Privacy Control gt Cookie in Expert Mode Privacy Control 209 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 m sil HN m v Enable Cookie Control Total cookies blocked Ue sg Parental Control Domen Firewall Vulnerability Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Update Registration Check this box to enable Cookie Control Cookies can be used to track your web surfing You should only accept cookies from websites you trust Cookie Control You can see the rules created so far listed in the table Important The rules are listed in order of their priority starting from the top meaning the first rule has the highest priority Drag amp drop rules in order to change their priority To delete a rule select it and click the Delete button To modify the rule parameters select the rule and click the Edit button or double click i
145. der Parental Control should take on websites for which there are no Web Control rules Parental Control 190 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Allow all sites except the ones in the list Select this option to allow access to all websites except those for which you have set the Block action Block all sites except the ones in the list Select this option to block access to all websites except those for which you have set the Allow action 20 4 Web Time Limiter The Web Time Limiter helps you to allow or block web access for users or applications during specified time intervals Note BitDefender will perform updates every hour no matter the settings of the Web Time Limiter To configure the Web Time Limiter for a specific user click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Web Limiter tab ose web Web Limiter Applications NN Messaging Z Enable Web Time Limiter Click on the grid to block access during the selected time interval White means allowed Grey means blocked Day Hour O12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Time interval allowed E Time interval blocked Web Time Limiter To enable this protection select the check box corresponding to Enable Web Time Limiter Select the time intervals when all the
146. der s that you want to be scanned Note D You can also use drag and drop to add files folders to the list Delete Item s removes the file s folder s previously selected from the list of objects to be scanned Note Only the file s folder s that were added afterwards can be deleted but not those that were automatically seen by BitDefender Besides the buttons explained above there are also some options that allow the fast selection of the scan locations Local Drives to scan the local drives e Network Drives to scan all network drives Removable Drives to scan removable drives CD ROM floppy disk unit Antivirus 143 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e All Entries to scan all drives no matter if they are local in the network or removable a Note If you want to scan your entire computer select the checkbox corresponding to All Entries Click OK to save the changes and close the window To run the task just click Scan Viewing the Scan Target of System Tasks You can not modify the scan target of the scan tasks from the System Tasks category You can only see their scan target To view the scan target of a specific system scan task right click the task and select Show Task Paths For System Scan for example the following window will appear emm NN m m Scan path s for this task Ss WIN2000 C Se Vista32 D Date E so vista64 F Ss xp64 G e xp32 H
147. ding to a specified schedule Firewall Firewall protects your computer from hacker and malicious outside attacks File Encryption File Encryption keeps your documents private by encrypting them in special vaulted drives If you disable File Encryption all file vaults will be locked and you will no longer be able to access the files they contain The status of some of these settings may be monitored by the BitDefender issue tracking system If you disable a monitored setting BitDefender will indicate this as an issue that you need to fix If you do not want a monitored setting that you disabled to be shown as an issue you must configure the tracking system accordingly You can do that either in Intermediate Mode or in Expert Mode e n Intermediate Mode the tracking system can be configured from separate locations based on settings categories For detailed information please refer to the Intermediate Mode p 89 part of this user guide e n Expert Mode the tracking system can be configured from a central location Follow these steps 1 Go to General Dashboard 2 Click Configure Status Tracking 3 Clear the check box corresponding to the item you want not to be monitored For detailed information please refer to chapter Dashboard p 112 8 3 General Settings In this area you can enable or disable settings that affect product behavior and user experience The current status of a setting is indicated using one of th
148. disable automatic update for as little time as possible If BitDefender is not updated regularly it will not be able to protect you against the latest threats 27 2 Update Settings The updates can be performed from the local network over the Internet directly or through a proxy server By default BitDefender will check for updates every hour over the Internet and install the available updates without alerting you To configure the update settings and manage proxies go to Update gt Settings in Expert Mode Update 257 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 21 2 Update Settings Update Location Settings Primary update location settings Anti http fulise test_auto 337 Use proxy Alternate update location settings Parental Control http uliseftest auto 337 Use proxy Privacy Control Automatic Update Settings Update every 1 Vulnerability Confirm Update Encryption O Silent update Prompt before downloading updates Game Laptop Mode Prompt before installing updates Home Network Manual Update Settings Update O Silent update amp Prompt before downloading updates LP Registration advanced settings b l4 gt gt Firewall gt 13 gt C Wait for reboot instead of prompting vj Don t update if scan is in progress Z Don t update if Game Mode is on Update Setting
149. ds that may appear when you fix issues or perform specific tasks with BitDefender Other configuration wizards are described separately in the Expert Mode p 111 part 11 1 Antivirus Scan Wizard Whenever you initiate an on demand scan for example right click a folder and select Scan with BitDefender the BitDefender Antivirus Scan wizard will appear Follow the three step guided procedure to complete the scanning process Note If the scan wizard does not appear the scan may be configured to run silently in the background Look for the scan progress icon in the system tray You can click this icon to open the scan window and to see the scan progress 11 1 1 Step 1 3 Scanning BitDefender will start scanning the selected objects Antivirus Scan Scan Status Current operation U cSystem 5 HKEY LOCAL MACHINEISOFTWAR D YPROGRAM FILESIMESSENGERYMSGSC DLL Elapsed time 00 00 04 Files Second Scan Statistics Scanned items Skipped items Password protected items d ver compressed items 2 Suspect items E Hidden items Hidden processes Antivirus scanning in progress The section above indicates the progress of this task while the section below indicates statistics on this process By default BitDefender will try to disinfect the items detected as infected Scanning Wizards 52 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 You can see the scan status and stat
150. e Registration Vulnerability Status The table displays the issues covered in the last vulnerability check and their status You can see the action you have to take to fix each vulnerability if any If the action is None then the respective issue does not represent a vulnerability Vulnerability 231 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Important To be automatically notified about system or application vulnerabilities keep the Automatic Vulnerability Checking enabled 23 1 1 Fixing Vulnerabilities Depending on the issue to fix a specific vulnerability proceed as follows e If Windows updates are available click Install in the Action column to install them e If an application is outdated use the Home Page link provided to download and install the latest version of that application e f a Windows user account has a weak password click Fix to force the user to change the password at the next logon or change the password yourself For a strong password use a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters numbers and special characters such as or You can click Check Now and follow the wizard to fix vulnerabilities step by step For more information please refer to Vulnerability Check Wizard p 64 23 2 Settings To configure the settings of the automatic vulnerability checking go to Vulnerability gt Settings in Expert Mode Vulnerability 232 BitDefender I
151. e 2003 Service Pack 3 SP3 Security Update For Internet Explorer 7 for Windows XP KB938127 Security Update for Windows XP KB960225 Update for Windows XP KB967715 H Security Update for Windows XP KB923561 Security Update for Windows XP KB961373 Security Update For Windows XP KB956572 Security Update For Windows XP KB952004 I KJ OI OO KO QJ Windows Updates You can see the list of critical and non critical Windows updates that are not currently installed on your computer Click Install All System Updates to install all the available updates Click Next Wizards 67 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 11 3 4 Step 4 6 Update Applications BitDefender Vulnerability Check Wizard Check for Applications Updates Application Name Installed Version Latest Version Adobe Reader 9 0 0 E 912 Yahoo Messenger 8 1 0 421 9 0 0 2162 3 0 5 en US 3 0 11 a This is a list of the applications supported by BitDefender and of the updates available For these applications if any Applications You can see the list of applications checked by BitDefender and if they are up to date If an application is not up to date click the provided link to download the latest version Click Next Wizards 68 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 11 3 5 Step 5 6 Change Weak Passwords BitDefender Vulnerability Chec
152. e Settings opens a window where you can specify the antiphishing toolbar s settings The following options are available Real time Antiphishing Web Protection detects and alerts you in real time if a web site is phished set up to steal personal information This option controls the BitDefender antiphishing protection in the current web browser only Ask before adding to whitelist prompts you before adding a web site to the White List Add to White List adds the current web site to the White List Note D Adding a site to the White List means that BitDefender will not scan the site for phishing attempts anymore We recommend you to add to the White List only sites that you fully trust White List opens the White List White List This is the list of URLs that will not be Filtered by BitDefender Antiphishing engines The URLs entered in the Whitelist will not be checked by the BitDefender Antiphishing engines You will not be warned about any threats existing on these pages Sd This is where you can define a list of websites URLs that should not be checked by BitDefender Antiphishing engines Antiphishing White List You can see the list of all the web sites that are not checked by the BitDefender antiphishing engines If you want to remove a site from the White List so that you can be notified about any existing phishing threat on that page click the Remove button next t
153. e a table containing the paths to be excluded from scanning and the type of scanning they are excluded from By default the selected paths are excluded from both on access and on demand scanning To change when to apply the exception click on the right column and select the desired option from the list Click Next Antivirus 159 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 4 4 Scan Excluded Files BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Finish Before excluding a file From scan it is highly recommended to check it for viruses If you enable this option at the end of the wizard an Antivirus scan task will start Select this if you want the scanning task to be started when you click Finish Please choose the exclusions For the scanning process carefully and remember that it is not recommended to define exclusions Scan Excluded Files It is highly recommended to scan the files in the specified paths to make sure that they are not infected Select the check box to scan these files before excluding them from scanning Click Finish 18 3 2 Excluding Extensions from Scanning To exclude extensions from scanning click the Add button You will be guided through the process of excluding extensions from scanning by the configuration wizard that will appear Antivirus 160 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 1 4 Select Object Type BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Pleas
154. e again during this session Enter Password Type the home management password and click OK Note If you plan to run several tasks you might wantto select Don t show this message again during this session By selecting this option you will not be prompted again for this password during the current session 16 1 4 Scanning All Computers To scan all managed computers follow these steps 1 Click Scan All You will be prompted to provide the local home management password Network 108 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Please enter here the password that yous have set when you enabled Home Management on this Password Dont show this message again during this session Enter Password 2 Select a scan type e System Scan starts a full scan of your computer archives excluded e Deep System Scan starts a full scan of your computer archives included My Documents Scan starts a quick scan of your documents and settings Scan All Computers amirea2 xp Please choose the type of scan you want to perform System Scan O Deep System Scan My Documents Scan Run this task on all computers Select Scan Type 3 Click OK 16 1 5 Updating All Computers To update all managed computers follow these steps 1 Click Update All You will be prompted to provide the local home management password Please enter here the password that you have set wh
155. e choose the rule type The BitDefender Exclusions Wizard will quide you through the necessary steps to create rules that will enable the Antivirus module to except specific files or Folders From scanning It is not recommended to exclude files or folders from scanning unless you are an administrator and you have previously scanned the excluded items BitDefender will ask you if you want to perform an on demand scan of the excluded items to ensure that your computer is virus free O Exclude by file Folder path Exclude by extension Object Type Select the option of excluding extensions from scanning Click Next Antivirus 161 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 2 4 Specify Excluded Extensions BitDefender Exclusions Wizard BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Please enter here the extensions that should not be scanned and click Add E zip Compressed File Archive will not be scanned Selected Extensions Above you can select the extensions that you want to exclude from scanning Please make sure that you click Add after you choose an extension You can add multiple items to this list Please choose the exclusions For the scanning process carefully and remember that it is not recommended to define exclusions Excluded Extensions To specify the extensions to be excluded from scanning use either of the following methods e Select from
156. e de rere hore iir 122 18 1 2 Customizing Protection Level rrei oce e e rr pr xe rr erre pn 123 18 1 3 Configuring Active Virus Control Settings lisse 127 18 1 4 Disabling Real time Protection sssssssses esses esses 130 18 1 5 Configuring Antiphishing Protection 0 0 0 cece eee eee eee 130 18 2 On demand Scanning o err Roe dre amer RO did abode Roo Pr P ade 131 18 2 1 Scal TASKS snpra cine de aote qi Ant uS Qus qr usa dye a Ur neg ng 132 18 2 2 Using Shortcut Ment scs dores reser sre eere Rex bep eds 134 18 2 3 Creating Scan Tasks ossco daz teni aue E peers gobiaracdea ae Ris 135 18 2 4 Configuring Scan TASKS cessere hacia enseri waren e RE Ren ead DES 135 18 2 5 Scanning Files and Folders coc tetetr rrr bos 146 18 2 6 Viewing Scan Logs i o e vais bad be Rr RR REPRE RAD PR earns 154 vi BitDefender Internet Security 2010 18 3 Objects Excluded from Scanning ere asda ber qaawenanecnaN 155 18 3 1 Excluding Paths from Scanning 0c cece eee eee eee 157 18 3 2 Excluding Extensions from Scanning 0 cee e eee e ee 160 18 4 Quarantine ATed unu win emrne nto dha drained akan Proba abate tob 164 18 4 1 Managing Quarantined Files 00 cece eee eee 165 18 4 2 Configuring Quarantine Settings 0 ee 166 19 Antispam ETT 168 19 1 Antispam INSIQNS 3 sedi wa bes canned Me weed amano aE E E EE 168 19 1 1 Antispam Filters i osos RR
157. e desired directory For instance MyData which contains Movies Music and E books sub directories 5 Right click the desired directory and select Copy The following window will appear BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 330 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 4 wG GE uet media sdb1 Saving Data 6 Type media sdb1 into the corresponding textbox and click Copy Please be aware that depending on your computer configuration it might be sdal instead of sdb1 38 7 How do I use console mode If your screen resolution is not high enough to run the graphical user interface you can run the BitDefender Rescue CD in console mode The simple text mode allows you to perform a complete scan of your computer To run the CD in console mode set up the BIOS of your computer to boot off the CD putthe CD in the drive and reboot the computer Wait for the boot splash screen to appear and select Start knoppix in console mode After booting follow the on screen instructions to perform a complete scan of your computer BitDefender detects the partitions on your hard drive and automatically updates the database of malware signatures before scanning begins If any infected files are found BitDefender will disinfect them After the scanning process is completed the scan log is displayed Note 9 The scanning process may take a while depending on the complexity of the scan BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 331 BitDef
158. e detected by a program Events can be user actions such as clicking a mouse button or pressing a key or system occurrences such as running out of memory False positive Occurs when a scanner identifies a file as infected when in fact it is not Glossary 333 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Filename extension The portion of a filename following the final point which indicates the kind of data stored in the file Many operating systems use filename extensions e g Unix VMS and MS DOS They are usually from one to three letters some sad old OSes support no more than three Examples include c for C source code ps for PostScript txt for arbitrary text Heuristic A rule based method of identifying new viruses This method of scanning does not rely on specific virus signatures The advantage of the heuristic scan is that it is not fooled by a new variant of an existing virus However it might occasionally report suspicious code in normal programs generating the so called false positive IP Internet Protocol A routable protocol in the TCP IP protocol suite that is responsible for IP addressing routing and the fragmentation and reassembly of IP packets Java applet A Java program which is designed to run only on a web page To use an applet on a web page you would specify the name of the applet and the size length and width in pixels that the applet can utilize When the web page is accessed the browser d
159. e latest malware signatures By default BitDefender checks for updates when you turn on your computer and every hour after that However if you want to update BitDefender just click Update Now The update process will be initiated and the following window will appear immediately BitDefender Update BitDefender will check for newer files and update them automatically Please make sure that you have an internet connection before performing this task It is highly recommended to keep BitDefender updated to ensure the security of your system Status Last update installed successfully Total update 22 KB Downloaded 22KB V Last update installed successfully update default help Updating BitDefender In this window you can see the status of the update process The update process is performed on the fly meaning that the files to be updated are replaced progressively In this way the update process will not affect product operation and at the same time all vulnerabilities will be excluded Parental 99 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 If you want to close this window just click Cancel However this will not stop the update process Note If you are connected to the Internet through a dial up connection then it is recommended to regularly update BitDefender by user request Restart the computer if required In case of a major update you will be asked to restart your com
160. e right column and select the desired option from the list Click Next Antivirus 163 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 4 4 Select Scanning Type BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Finish Before excluding a file From scan it is highly recommended to check it for viruses If you enable this option at the end of the wizard an Antivirus scan task will start Please choose the exclusions For the scanning process carefully and remember that it is not recommended to define exclusions Scanning Type It is highly recommended to scan the files having the specified extensions to make sure that they are not infected Click Finish 18 4 Quarantine Area BitDefender allows isolating the infected or suspicious files in a secure area named quarantine By isolating these files in the quarantine the risk of getting infected disappears and at the same time you have the possibility to send these files for further analysis to the BitDefender lab In addition BitDefender scans the quarantined files after each malware signature update Cleaned files are automatically moved back to their original location To see and manage quarantined files and to configure the quarantine settings go to Antivirus gt Quarantine in Expert Mode Antivirus 164 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Quarantine Folder Antispam i auvir Win32 Parite C D Documents and lav testbedl jassia Control
161. e security status of your computer and allows you to fix pending issues DASHBOARD Overall Status Usage Profile Custom Status Detail WARNING 1 issue is o SECURITY affecting the security CRITICAL WARNING 1 pending issue status of this PC lt PARENTAL rmm 6 NOT MONITORED No information available FILE VAULT Th IONITORED No information available Dashboard The dashboard consists of the following sections Overall Status Indicates the number of issues affecting your computer and helps you fix them If there are any pending issues you will see a red circle with an exclamation mark and the Fix All Issues button Click the button to start the Fix All Issues wizard e Status Detail Indicates the status of each main module using explicit sentences and one of the following icons Green circle with a check mark No issues affect the security status Your computer and data are protected Gray circle with an exclamation mark The activity of this module s components is not monitored Thus no information is available regarding their security status There may be specific issues related to this module Red circle with an exclamation mark There are issues that affect the security of your system Critical issues require your immediate attention Non critical issues should also be addressed as soon as possible Dashboard 90 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click t
162. ea etr Manin pU ER ang ah er dan 208 21 4 1 Configuration WINdOW xenon ea tectae nma deae ante ape 210 21 5 Script GOntrol as cesser dtes dine e Re a an tu RR arn ee ey RERO Rp 212 21 5 1 Config ration WINKOW scene eia tae tace ta dae v net ctia ys 213 ZI 215 22 1 S ttlhgs se tetro RR Ue aaea er bp QU NE DOE EEE Keg ds e 215 22 1 1 Setting the Default Action oo s cick sect RR e Rr 216 22 1 2 Configuring Advanced Firewall Settings llssssss esses 217 22 2 NetWOEK odes caede ed e eoe e dod egre qb aS E EU A SO M OU er adt 219 22 2 1 Changing the Trust Level scsi coser ER rm E dunia 220 22 2 2 Configuring the Stealth Mode ccc cece cece teen eh 220 22 2 3 Configuring Generic Settings 0 eee eee 221 22 24 INELWORKZONES o utoyent metes deep Dee et pee darle ace 221 22 3 RUES aueue renani a EE E e n opns eee Den Pei pee NE MER Sauteed d 222 22 3 1 Adding Rules Automatically 0 224 22 3 2 Deleting and Reseting Rules ccc cece eee eee 224 22 3 3 Creating and Modifying Rules 0 cece cece 224 22 3 4 Advanced Rule Management 0 cece eee eee 228 22 4 Connection Control dept eene nre REPRE adnan te lub dug aud 229 23 Vulnerability 4 retro gore rr Tere rigoni Rex ERE 231 23 T Status cies emis bt ode erbe a a dde dn degli ua oa dut 231 23 1 1 Fixing Vulnerabilities a sra rro Por een i ae nee 232 23 2 Db 232
163. ecocemetiraredeeanedesabeonewmosacarevacs 319 3T OVEIVIOW iicet ed eb Rata re cec re aes o ee ape Re cie na 320 37 1 System Requirements isses Lam robs raadt t a Rer bb ee bm obs edis 320 34 2 Included SOTEWBEG mte cess aye dear nti ent eror te n aer NE len na 321 38 BitDefender Rescue CD Howto sssssssseseee 323 38 1 Start BitDefender Rescue CD aka earth o ace cea 323 38 2 Stop BitDefender Rescue CD ie ote etie terae dde e e pt RR 324 38 3 How do perform an antivirus scan 0 cee 325 38 4 How do I configure the Internet connection ssssssssssssssssn 326 38 5 How dol Update BitDefender i uus remm mr nr ne merce 327 38 5 1 How do update BitDefender over a proxy sssssssssssss 328 38 6 How do I save MY data eus ice aer ao ERR DEER RR RR RR Toa d ree UR nays 329 38 7 How douse CONSOIE MOE n cried ened ae boa eret rea 331 GIOSSANY m 332 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 End User Software License Agreement IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DO NOT INSTALL THE SOFTWARE BY SELECTING ACCEPT OK CONTINUE YES OR BY INSTALLING OR USING THE SOFTWARE IN ANY WAY YOU ARE INDICATING YOUR COMPLETE UNDERSTANDING AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT PRODUCT REGISTRATION By accepting this Agreement You agree to register Your Software using My account as a condition of Your use of the Software receiving updates and Your right to Ma
164. ect the desired option from the menu Specify a Second action that will be taken in case the first one fails Selectthe action to be taken on the infected files detected The following options are available Antivirus 139 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Take No Action No action will be taken on infected files These files will appear in the report file Disinfect files Remove the malware code from the infected files detected Delete files Deletes infected files immediately without any warning Move files to Quarantine Moves infected files into the quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Select the action to be taken on the suspicious files detected The following options are available Action Description Take No Action No action will be taken on suspicious files These files will appear in the report file Delete files Deletes suspicious files immediately without any warning Move files to Quarantine Moves suspicious files into the quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Note 9 Files are detected as suspicious by the heuristic analysis We recommend you to send these files to the BitDefender Lab Select the action to be taken on the hidden objects rootkits detected The following options are available Action Description Take No Action No action will
165. ected task Note Due to the particular nature of the Misc Tasks category only the View Logs and Properties options are available in this case 18 2 3 Creating Scan Tasks To create a scan task use one of the following methods e Clone an existing task rename it and make the necessary changes in the Properties window Click New Task to create a new task and configure it 18 2 4 Configuring Scan Tasks Each scan task has its own Properties window where you can configure the scan options set the scan target schedule the task or see the reports To open this window click the Properties button to the left of the task or right click the task and then click Properties Note 9 For more information on viewing logs and the Logs tab please referto Viewing Scan Logs p 154 Configuring Scan Settings To configure the scanning options of a specific scan task right click it and select Properties The following window will appear Antivirus 135 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 NENNEN Task Properties Task name 4537 Last run never Scheduled No Scanning Options Default MEDIUM Recommended for most users Scans all files Medium Scans for viruses and spyware Permissive _JRun the task with low priority EJ Minimize Scan Wizard to system tray J Shut down computer when scan completes if no threats are Found This is where the main characteristics of a new scan task i
166. ed keyword Eia 3 Match whole words Keywords Control Select the Enable Keywords Control check box if you want to use this control feature Parental C ontrol 194 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 20 6 1 Creating Keywords Control Rules To block a word or phrase follow these steps 1 Click Block Keyword A new window will appear Keyword Information Keyword data iv Match whole words Choose the traffic type HTTP POPS Instant Messaging Add words to this list that will be blocked in e mails or websites Specify Keyword 2 Type the word or phrase you want to block in the edit field If you want only whole words to be detected select the Match whole words check box 3 Select the traffic type BitDefender should scan for the specified word Option Description HTTP Web pages that contain the keyword are blocked POP3 E mail messages that contain the keyword are blocked Instant Messaging Instant messages that contain the keyword are blocked 4 Click Finish to add the rule 20 6 2 Managing Keywords Control Rules The Keywords Control rules that have been configured are listed in the table on the lower side of the window The words and the current status for the different traffic types are listed for each Keywords Control rule To edit a rule select it click the Edit button and make the necess
167. efender Parental Control enables you to control the access to the Internet and to specific applications for each user holding a user account on the system You can configure Parental Control to block e inappropriate web pages e Internet access for specific periods of time such as when it s time for lessons e web pages e mail messages and instant messages if they contain specific keywords e applications like games chat filesharing programs or others e instant messages sent by IM contacts other than those allowed A Important Only users with administrative rights on the system system administrators can access and configure Parental Control To make sure that only you can change the Parental Control settings for any user you can protect them with a password You will be prompted to configure the password when you enable the Parental Control for a specific user To successfully use Parental Control to restrict your children computer and online activities you must complete these main tasks 1 Create limited standard Windows user accounts for your children to use Note D To learn how to create Windows user accounts go to the Windows Help and Support Center in the Start menu click Help and Support 2 Configure Parental Control for the Windows user accounts your children use To configure Parental Control go to Parental Control in Expert Mode Parental Control 180 BitDefender Internet Security 2010
168. em startup You can specify how long after the startup the task should start running in minutes Note 9 Since the Deep System Scan and System Scan tasks analyze the entire system the scanning may take a while Therefore we recommend you to run these tasks on low priority or better when your system is idle User tasks contains the user defined tasks A task called My Documents is provided Use this task to scan important current user folders My Documents Desktop and StartUp This will ensure the safety of your documents a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup Misc tasks contains a list of miscellaneous scan tasks These scan tasks refer to alternative scanning types that cannot be run from this window You can only modify their settings or view the scan reports Three buttons are available to the right of each task Schedule indicates that the selected task is scheduled for later Click this button to open the Properties window Scheduler tab where you can see the task schedule and modify it Antivirus 133 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 amp Delete removes the selected task Note Not available for system tasks You cannot remove a system task Scan Now runs the selected task initiating an immediate scan To the left of each task you can see the Properties button that allows you to configure the task and view the scan logs 18 2 2 Using Shortcut Menu
169. em in file vaults e The file vault is a secured storage space for personal information or sensitive files e The file vault is an encrypted file on your computer with the bvd extension As it is encrypted the data inside it is invulnerable to theft or to a security breach e When you mount this bvd file a new logical partition a new drive will appear It will be easier for you to understand this process if you think of a similar one mounting an ISO image as virtual CD Just open My Computer and you will see a new drive based on your file vault You will be able to do file operations on it copy delete change etc The files are protected as long as they reside on this drive because a password is required for the mounting operation When finished lock unmount your vault in order to start protecting its content To enter the File Vault module click the File Vault tab DASHBOARD SECURITY Quick Tasks Status File Encryption is enabled The File Vault displays the status of the File Encryption module with links to the most important File Vault tasks File Vault The File Vault module consists of two sections File Vault 101 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Status Area Allows you to see the full list of monitored components You can choose which of the components to be monitored It is recommended to enable the monitoring option for all of them Quick Tasks This is where
170. ember to do so until the trial period ends You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender if you register it the deadline is extended to 30 days Otherwise BitDefender will no longer update For more information on the registration process please refer to Registration and My Account p 47 6 1 Opening BitDefender To access the main interface of BitDefender Internet Security 2010 use the Windows Start menu by following the path Start gt Programs gt BitDefender 2010 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 or quicker double click the BitDefender icon 6 in the system tray 6 2 User Interface View Modes BitDefender Internet Security 2010 meets the needs of computer beginners and very technical people alike Its graphical user interface is designed to suit each and every category of users You can choose to view the user interface under any of three modes depending on your computer skills and on your previous experience with BitDefender Mode Description Novice Mode Suited for computer beginners and people who want BitDefender to protect their computer and data without being bothered This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side All you have to do is fix the existing issues when indicated by BitDefender An intuitive step by step wizard assists you in fixing issues Additionally you can perform common tasks such as updating the BitDefender virus signature and product
171. en you enabled Home Management on this PC Password C Dont show this message again during this session Enter Password Network 109 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 2 Click OK 16 1 6 Registering All Computers To register all managed computers follow these steps 1 Click Register All You will be prompted to provide the local home management password Please enter here the password that you have set when you enabled Home Management on this PC Password Dont show this message again during this session Enter Password 2 Enter the key you want to register with Register BitDefender on this PC amirea2 xp Type in the license key you want to use in order to register BitDefender remotely License key JRun this task on all computers Register All 3 Click OK Network 110 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Expert Mode 111 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 17 General The General module provides information on the BitDefender activity and the system Here you can also change the overall behavior of BitDefender 17 1 Dashboard To see if any issues affect your computer as well as product activity statistics and your registration status go to General gt Dashboard in Expert Mode ee iii iii D Overall Status No security issues affect the status of this PC Antivirus Antispam
172. en the scanning is completed a new window will appear where you can see the scan results Wizards 53 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Results Summary Below you can find the results summary For the current scan task Solved issues 2 Q 1 threat s affecting 1 object s require s your attention Take an overall action for all unresolved items or select individually the action for each item Choose an action Win32 Parite C 1 issue left deletion Failed Choose an action zx BitDefender has detected and blocked viruses on your computer This is the list of threats Please click the virus name to see its corresponding list of infected items Actions You can see the number of issues affecting your system The infected objects are displayed in groups based on the malware they are infected with Click the link corresponding to a threat to find out more information about the infected objects You can choose an overall action to be taken for all issues or you can select separate actions for each group of issues One or several of the following options can appear on the menu Take No Action No action will be taken on the detected files After the scan is completed you can open the scan log to view information on these files Disinfect Removes the malware code from infected files Delete Deletes detected files Move to quarantine Moves detected files to quarantine Quarantined files
173. en using BitDefender and provides you with possible solutions to these problems Most of these problems can be solved through the appropriate configuration of the product settings If you cannot find your problem here or if the presented solutions do not solve it you can contact the BitDefender technical support representatives as presented in chapter Support p 316 35 1 Installation Problems This article helps you troubleshoot the most common installation problems with BitDefender These problems can be grouped into the following categories e Installation validation errors the setup wizard cannot be run due to specific conditions on your system e Failed installations you initiated installation from the setup wizard but it was not completed successfully 35 1 1 Installation Validation Errors When you start the setup wizard a number of conditions are verified to validate if the installation can be initiated The following table presents the most common installation validation errors and solutions to overcome them Error Description amp Solution You do not have sufficient In order to run the setup wizard and install BitDefender privileges to install the you need administrator privileges Do any of the program following Log on to a Windows administrator account and run the setup wizard again e Right click the installation file and select Run as Type the user name and password of a Windows administrator accou
174. ender Internet Security 2010 Glossary ActiveX ActiveX is a model for writing programs so that other programs and the operating system can call them ActiveX technology is used with Microsoft Internet Explorer to make interactive Web pages that look and behave like computer programs rather than static pages With ActiveX users can ask or answer questions use push buttons and interact in other ways with the Web page ActiveX controls are often written using Visual Basic Active X is notable for a complete lack of security controls computer security experts discourage its use over the Internet Adware Adware is often combined with a host application that is provided at no charge as long as the user agrees to accept the adware Because adware applications are usually installed after the user has agreed to a licensing agreement that states the purpose of the application no offense is committed However pop up advertisements can become an annoyance and in some cases degrade system performance Also the information that some of these applications collect may cause privacy concerns for users who were not fully aware of the terms in the license agreement Archive A disk tape or directory that contains files that have been backed up A file that contains one or more files in a compressed format Backdoor A hole in the security of a system deliberately left in place by designers or maintainers The motivation for such holes is not a
175. ender Internet Security 2010 the scanning process For detailed information about this wizard please refer to Antivirus Scan Wizard p 52 When you run a Custom Scan the Custom Scan wizard will guide you through the scanning process Follow the six step guided procedure to scan specific files or folders For detailed information about this wizard please refer to Custom Scan Wizard p 56 13 2 3 Searching for Vulnerabilities Vulnerability Scan checks Microsoft Windows Updates Microsoft Windows Office Updates and the passwords to your Microsoft Windows accounts to ensure that your OS is up to date and that it is not vulnerable to password bypass To check your computer for vulnerabilities click Vulnerability Scan and follow the Six step guided procedure For more information please refer to Fixing Vulnerabilities p 232 Security 97 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 14 Parental BitDefender Internet Security 2010 includes a Parental Control module Parental Control enables you to restrict your children s access to Internet and to specific applications To check the status of Parental Control click the Parental tab SECURITY FILE VAULT NETWORK Quick Tasks Status Parental Control is not configured iro Configure Status Tracking Eh 7 This component displays the status of the Parental Control Feature designed to restrict access to the internet and to specific applications
176. ender on your system 29 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 6 3 System Tray Icon To manage the entire product more quickly you can use the BitDefender icon in the system tray If you double click this icon BitDefender will open Also by right clicking the icon a contextual menu will allow you to quickly manage the BitDefender product e Show opens the main interface of BitDefender Help opens the help file which explains in detail how Shon to configure and use BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Help About About opens a window where you can see information eoe about BitDefender and where to look for help in case something unexpected appears Update Now Basic Settings Fix All Issues helps you remove current security vulnerabilities If the option is unavailable there are no Tray Icon issues to be fixed For detailed information please refer to Fixing Issues p 37 e Turn Game Mode On Off activates deactivates Game Mode Update Now starts an immediate update A new window will appear where you can see the update status e Basic Settings opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main product settings For more information please refer to Configuring Basic Settings p 40 The BitDefender system tray icon informs you when issues affect your computer or how the product operates by displaying a special symbol as follows
177. ense Key Information Type TRIAL Expires in 9 days Enter license key Laie Eee EMMMMMN Don t have a license key Buy one now To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Registration You can see the BitDefender registration status the current license key and how many days are left until the license expires To register BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 Type the license key in the edit field D Note You can find your license key e on the CD label e on the product registration card e in the online purchase e mail If you do not have a BitDefender license key click the provided link to go to the BitDefender online store and buy one 2 Click Register Now 3 Click Finish 28 2 Creating a BitDefender Account As part of the registration process you MUST create a BitDefender account The BitDefender account gives you access to BitDefender updates free technical support and special offers and promotions If you loose your BitDefender license key you can log in to your account at http myaccount bitdefender com to retrieve it Registration 263 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 A Important a You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender if you register it with a license key the deadline is e
178. ep your computer clean of viruses This is first and foremost done by keeping new viruses out of your computer and by scanning your e mail messages and any new files downloaded or copied to your system Antivirus 131 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 There is a risk that a virus is already lodged in your system before you even install BitDefender This is why it s a very good idea to scan your computer for resident viruses after you ve installed BitDefender And it s definitely a good idea to frequently scan your computer for viruses To configure and initiate on demand scanning go to Antivirus gt Virus Scan in Expert Mode EL E NL mesion Quarantine gy Deep System Scan Last run 29 06 2009 12 42 19 gg System Scan Parental Control Last run never Eau e Quick System Scan 1 Last run 29 06 2009 11 36 42 Auto logon Scan Last run never Firewall Vulnerability User Defined Tasks Encryption 31 E My Documents Game Laptop Mode Last run never poo Masc Tasks Contextual Scan Home Network Update Device Detection Scan Registration Scan Tasks On demand scanning is based on scan tasks Scan tasks specify the scanning options and the objects to be scanned You can scan the computer whenever you want by running the default tasks or your own scan tasks user defined tasks You can also schedule them to run on a regular basis
179. er When connected to an unsecured Wi Fi network BitDefender automatically blocks communication with the computers in this network You can only access the Internet but cannot share files or a printer with other users in the network To enable communication with a Wi Fi network there are two solutions e The trusted computer solution allows file and printer sharing only with specific computers trusted computers in the Wi Fi network Use this solution when you are connected to a public Wi Fi network for example a campus or coffee shop network and you want to share files or a printer with a friend or access a Wi Fi network printer e The safe network solution allows file and printer sharing for the entire Wi Fi network safe network This solution is not recommended for security reasons but it may be useful in particular situations for example you can use it for a home or office Wi Fi network 35 3 1 Trusted Computer Solution To configure the BitDefender firewall to allow file and printer sharing with a computer in the Wi Fi network or access to a Wi Fi network printer follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode Click Firewall on the left side menu Click the Network tab In the Zones table select the Wi Fi network and then click the Add button Select the desired computer or Wi Fi network printer from the list of devices detected in the Wi Fi network If that co
180. er Dashboard p 112 Fixing Issues 39 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 8 Configuring Basic Settings You can configure the main product settings including changing the user interface view mode from the basic settings window To open it do any of the following Open BitDefender and click the Settings button in the upper right corner of the window e Right click the BitDefender icon 6 in the system tray and select Basic Settings Note To configure the product settings in detail use the Expert Mode interface For detailed information please refer to the Expert Mode p 111 part of this user guide User Interface Settings Smeh ur nstatdnlun Beset Usage Pranie Security Settings Gp Antivirus Enable 4 Automatic Update amp IKR vulnerability Check Enable Cg Antispam C Antiphishing Enable y Identity Control Parental Control current C4 IM Encryption Enable 7 ser RIS S NN NAN Cy Firewall Enable g File Encryption General Settings Game Mode Enable Laptop Mode Detection Settings Password Enable BitDefender News Product Notification Alerts Enable Scan Activity Bar RISKS oO E Send Virus Reports Enable Outbreak Detection Basic Settings The settings are organized into three categories User Interface Settings Security Settings e General Settings To apply and save the configuration changes you make click OK To cl
181. er by clicking View Virus List An HTML file that contains all the available signatures will be created and opened in a web browser You can search through the database for a specific malware signature or click BitDefender Virus List to go to the online BitDefender signature database 27 1 1 Requesting an Update The automatic update can be done anytime you want by clicking Update Now This update is also known as Update by user request Update 256 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 The Update module will connect to the BitDefender update server and will verify if any update is available If an update was detected depending on the options set in the Manual Update Settings section you will be asked to confirm the update or the update will be made automatically Important A It may be necessary to restart the computer when you have completed the update We recommend doing it as soon as possible Note If you are connected to the Internet through a dial up connection then it is recommended to regularly update BitDefender by user request 27 1 2 Disabling Automatic Update If you want to disable automatic update a warning window will appear You must confirm your choice by selecting from the menu how long you want the automatic update to be disabled You can disable the automatic update for 5 15 or 30 minutes for an hour permanently or until the system restart Warning This is a critical security issue We recommend you to
182. er shall not be held responsible for complying with the principles of information and consent and it shall therefore be you that guarantees to have previously informed and obtained the consent of the owner of the data with regards to communicating such data BitDefender and its affiliates and partners will only send marketing information by e mail or other electronic means to those users who have given their express consent to receiving communication concerning BitDefender products or services or newsletters BitDefender s privacy policy guarantees you the right to access rectify eliminate and object to the processing of data by notifying BitDefender via e mail at juridic bitdefender com GENERAL This Agreement will be governed by the laws of Romania and by international copyright regulations and treaties The exclusive jurisdiction and venue to adjudicate any dispute arising out of these License Terms shall be of the courts of Romania End User Software License Agreement xiv BitDefender Internet Security 2010 In the event of invalidity of any provision of this Agreement the invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this Agreement BitDefender and BitDefender logos are trademarks of BITDEFENDER All other trademarks used in the product or in associated materials are the property of their respective owners The license will terminate immediately without notice if you are in breach of any of its term
183. erous type of virus is one capable of transmitting itself across networks and bypassing security systems Virus definition The binary pattern of a virus used by the antivirus program to detect and eliminate the virus Worm A program that propagates itself over a network reproducing itself as it goes It cannot attach itself to other programs Glossary 338
184. ese icons Green circle with a check mark The setting is enabled Red circle with an exclamation mark The setting is disabled To enable disable a setting select clear the corresponding Enable check box The entire list of settings and their description is provided in the following table Configuring Basic Settings 43 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Game Mode Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance during games Laptop Mode Detection Laptop Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on the life of your laptop battery Settings Password This ensures that the BitDefender settings can only be changed by the person who knows this password When you enable this option you will be prompted to configure the settings password Type the desired password in both fields and click OK to set the password BitDefender News By enabling this option you will receive important company news product updates or new security threats from BitDefender Product Notification By enabling this option you will receive information Alerts alerts Scan Activity Bar The Scan Activity Bar is a small transparent window indicating the progress of the BitDefender scanning activity For more information please refer to Scan Activity Bar p 30 Send Virus Reports By enabling this option virus scanning reports are sent to BitDefender l
185. evel is very low Antivirus 122 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Only programs and incoming mail messages are scanned for viruses Besides the classical signature based scan the heuristic analysis is also used The actions taken on infected files are the following disinfect file move file to quarantine Default Offers standard security The resource consumption level is low All files and incoming amp outgoing mail messages are scanned for viruses and spyware Besides the classical signature based scan the heuristic analysis is also used The actions taken on infected files are the following disinfect file move file to quarantine Aggressive Offers high security The resource consumption level is moderate All files incoming amp outgoing mail messages and web traffic are scanned for viruses and spyware Besides the classical signature based scan the heuristic analysis is also used The actions taken on infected files are the following disinfect file move file to quarantine To apply the default real time protection settings click Default Level 18 1 2 Customizing Protection Level Advanced users might want to take advantage of the scan settings BitDefender offers The scanner can be set to scan only specific file extensions to search for specific malware threats or to skip archives This may greatly reduce scanning times and improve your computer s responsiveness during a scan You can customize the Real time protect
186. fender LIMITED WARRANTY BITDEFENDER warrants that the media on which BitDefender is distributed is free from defects for a period of thirty days from the date of delivery of BitDefender to you Your sole remedy for a breach of this warranty will be that BITDEFENDER at its option may replace the defective media upon receipt of the damaged media or refund the money you paid for BitDefender BITDEFENDER does not warrant that BitDefender will be uninterrupted or error free or that the errors will be corrected BITDEFENDER does not warrant that BitDefender will meet your requirements EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT BITDEFENDER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS ENHANCEMENTS MAINTENANCE OR SUPPORT RELATED THERETO OR ANY OTHER MATERIALS TANGIBLE OR INTANGIBLE OR SERVICES SUPPLIED BY HIM BITDEFENDER HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND End User Software License Agreement xii BitDefender Internet Security 2010 CONDITIONS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE NON INTERFERENCE ACCURACY OF DATA ACCURACY OF INFORMATIONAL CONTENT SYSTEM INTEGRATION AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS BY FILTERING DISABLING OR REMOVING SUCH THIRD PARTY S SOFTWARE SPYWARE ADWARE COOKIES EMAILS DOCUMENTS ADVERTISEMENTS OR THE LIKE WHETHER ARISING BY STATUTE LAW COURSE OF DEALING CUS
187. files into the quarantine quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Don t scan files greater than Type in the maximum size of the files to be x Kb scanned If the size is O Kb all files will be scanned regardless their size Scan Scan all files All the files accessed from the network will network be scanned regardless of their type shares Scan applications Only the program files will be scanned This only means only the files with the following extensions exe bat com dll ocx Scr bin dat 386 vxd sys wdm Cla class ovl ole exe hlp doc dot xls ppt wbk wiz pot ppa xla xlt vbs vbe mdb rtf ahtn ehta shtml xm op php ES a S o SNS CN Linke afore DIC url smm pdf msi ini csc cmd bas eml and nws Scan user defined Only the files with the extensions specified extensions by the user will be scanned These extensions must be separated by Scan e mail traffic scans the e mail traffic The following options are available Antivirus 126 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Scan incoming e mail Scans all incoming e mail messages Scan outgoing e mail Scans all outgoing e mail messages e Scan web HTTP traffic scans the http traffic e Show warning when a virus is found opens an alert window when a virus is found in a file or in an e mail message For an infected file
188. follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Antivirus on the left side menu 3 Click the Virus Scan tab Here you can find a number of default scan tasks and you can create your own scan tasks e System tasks are available and can run on every Windows user account e User tasks are only available to and can only be run by the user who created them These are the default scan tasks that you can schedule Default Task Description Deep System Scan Scans the entire system In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware threatening your system s security such as viruses Spyware adware rootkits and others System Scan Scans the entire system except for archives In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware other than rootkits Quick System Scan Scans the Windows and Program Files folders In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware except for rootkits but it does not scan memory the registry or cookies Autologon Scan Scans the items that are run when a user logs on to Windows To use this task you must schedule it to run at system startup By default the autologon scan is disabled My Documents Use this task to scan important current user folders My Documents Desktop and StartUp This will ensure the safety of your documents a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup If none of these scan tasks
189. following software packages Xedit This is a text file editor Vim This is a powerful text file editor containing syntax highlighting a GUI and much more For more information please refer to the Vim homepage Xcalc This is a calculator RoxFiler RoxFiler is a fast and powerful graphical file manager For more information please refer to the RoxFiler homepage MidnightCommander GNU Midnight Commander mc is a text mode file manager For more information please refer to the MC homepage Pstree Pstree displays running processes Top Top displays Linux tasks Xkill Xkill kills a client by its X resources Partition Image Partition Image helps you save partitions in the EXT2 Reiserfs NTFS HPFS FAT16 and FAT32 file system formats to an image file This program can be useful for backup purposes For more information please refer to the Partimage homepage GtkRecover GtkRecover is a GTK version of the console program recover It helps you recover a file For more information please refer to the GtkRecover homepage ChkRootKit ChkRootKit is a tool that helps you scan your computer for rootkits For more information please refer to the ChkRootKit homepage Nessus Network Scanner Nessus is a remote security scanner for Linux Solaris FreeBSD and Mac OS X Overview 321 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 For more information please refer to the Nessus homepage Iptraf Iptraf is an IP Net
190. g Scan Tasks in Expert Mode In Expert Mode you can run all of the pre configured scan tasks and also change their scanning options Moreover you can create customized scan tasks if you want to scan specific locations on your computer Follow these steps to run a scan task in Expert Mode 1 Click Antivirus on the left side menu How to Scan Files and Folders 295 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 2 Click the Virus Scan tab Here you can find a number of default scan tasks and you can create your own scan tasks These are the default scan tasks that you can use Default Task Description Deep System Scan Scans the entire system In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware threatening your system s security such as viruses Spyware adware rootkits and others System Scan Scans the entire system except for archives In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware other than rootkits Quick System Scan Scans the Windows and Program Files folders In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware except for rootkits but it does not scan memory the registry or cookies My Documents Use this task to scan important current user folders My Documents Desktop and StartUp This will ensure the safety of your documents a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup 3 Double click the scan task you want to run 4 Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the
191. g to the vault Follow these steps 1 Open My Computer click the BEZE Windows Start menu and then My Computer 2 Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it 3 Copy paste or drag amp drop files and folders directly to this virtual disk drive Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 272 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 29 2 5 Remove from File Vault In order to remove files or folders from a vault the vault must be open To remove files or folders from a vault follow these steps 1 Open My Computer click the IBEZZ Windows Start menu and then My Computer 2 Enter the virtual disk drive corresponding to the vault Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it 3 Remove files or folders as you normally do in Windows for example right click a file you want to delete and select Delete 29 2 6 Change Vault Password The password protects the content of a vault from unauthorized access Only users who know the password can open the vault and access the documents and data stored inside it The vault must be locked before you can change its password To change the password of a vault follow these steps 1 Locate on your computer the bvd file representing the vault 2 Right click the file point to BitDefender File Vault and select Change Vault Password The following window will appear e Cha
192. ga ddr lard rep RE po E rape RE DV ER IA dane i 272 20 2 4 Add to File Valt ss ied recep pe ERR exer e ke Ter nre oU BERE 272 29 2 5 Remove from File Vault llis 273 29 2 6 Change Vault Password eresie ete rere one e ones 273 30 Integration into Web Browsers sss 275 31 Integration into Instant Messenger Programs 278 32 Integration into Mail Clients sssssseenne 279 32 1 Antispam Configuration Wizard o escsssssrio accese norii aastns tiuria ian 279 32 1 1 Step 1 6 Welcome Window ses sirripcirresinsrirsarderirintrg taaa 280 32 1 2 Step 2 6 Fill in the Friends List siet Ret 281 32 1 3 Step 3 6 Delete Bayesian Database cece eee eee 282 32 1 4 Step 4 6 Train Bayesian Filter with Legitimate Mail 283 32 1 5 Step 5 6 Train Bayesian Filter with Spam 2 0 eee eee 284 32 1 6 Step 6 6 Summiaty eo ore reet ga br RE Gaede DUET 285 32 2 Antispam TOODI erosen en uet et atre PEOR DR edo PA EET ADORA 285 HOW TO rc 293 33 How to Scan Files and Folders i a 294 33 1 Using Windows Contextual Menu sssssssssseeeee eene 294 33 2 Using SCAN Tasks ioi oret sth ser fr pee OD quar arbe abr fur ames 294 33 3 Using BitDefender Manual Scan keene 296 33 4 Using Scan Activity Bar i siiccas dacse doa aban berum enr Ra eR onna E anea RU 297 34 How to Schedule Computer Scan scce 298 Troubleshooting and Getting He
193. ge the addresses added to the Friends list Select Don t show this message again and click OK You will always receive e mail messages from this address no matter what they contain If you are using a different mail client you can add contacts to the Friends list from the BitDefender interface Follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode Click Antispam on the left side menu Click the Status tab Click Manage Friends A configuration window will appear U AeA WwW N Type the e mail address you always want to receive e mail messages from and click the button to add the address to the Friends List 6 Click OK to save the changes and close the window Indicate Detection Errors If you are using a supported mail client you can easily correct the antispam filter by indicating which e mail messages should not have been marked as spam Doing so will considerably improve the efficiency of the antispam filter Follow these steps 1 Open your mail client 2 Goto the junk mail folder where spam messages are moved 3 Select the legitimate message incorectly marked as spam by BitDefender Troubleshooting 309 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 4 Click the amp Add Friend button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar to add the sender to the Friends list You may need to click OK to acknowledge You will always receive e mail messages from this address no matter what they co
194. ges received from addresses in the Spammers list are automatically marked as spam 3 Increase antispam protection level By increasing the protection level the antispam filter will need less spam indications to classify an e mail message as spam 4 Retrain the Learning Engine Bayesian filter Use this solution when antispam detection is very unsatisfactory and indicating undetected spam messages no longer works Note BitDefender integrates into the most commonly used mail clients through an easy to use antispam toolbar For a complete list of supported mail clients please refer to Supported Software p 2 If you are using a different mail client you cannot indicate spam messages and train the Learning Engine To solve the problem try increasing the antispam protection level and adding spammers to the Spammers list Indicate Undetected Spam Messages If you are using a supported mail client you can easily indicate which e mail messages should have been detected as spam Doing so will considerably improve the efficiency of the antispam filter Follow these steps 1 Open your mail client Troubleshooting 311 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 2 Go to the Inbox folder 3 Select the undetected spam messages 4 Click the amp Is Spam button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar normally located in the upper part of the mail client window This indicates to the Learning Engine that the selected messages are spam
195. h et Sain tene pod tg bon endi diet dub 191 20 5 Applications Control iru ae ppt Pp pn e ak hp SR EPOR e bois 192 20 5 1 Creating Application Control Rules 0 0 eee 193 20 5 2 Managing Application Control Rules ssssssesesseessesse 193 20 6 KeyYWOrds CONG o oia ooo oe the Washer s bn e i m og d donde tas 194 20 6 1 Creating Keywords Control Rules 200s cece eee ee eee eee ee 195 20 6 2 Managing Keywords Control Rules 0 c cece eee eee eee eee 195 20 7 Instant Messaging IM Control 6 tenores 196 20 7 1 Creating Instant Messaging IM Control Rules ssssssusss 196 20 7 2 Managing Instant Messaging IM Control Rules 00008 197 21 Privacy Control ressesie ooi xpi PERO ROUX CER PUER EA Cbr Media 198 21 1 Privacy Control Status 3 qoe oda aannak pon aed ane pa a SUR a a goa 198 21 1 1 Configuring Protection level n rmm e tnmen tns 199 21 2 Identity COPDEFO 55r ode RERO e ROO oce ONU bnc a Ce dps 199 21 2 1 Creatinig Identity Rules 5 oo DERI ere pRVREPP RE DR ar 201 21 2 2 Defining EXCIUSIORS sso oe aic e Rr a SR ER e ER UA ERE Ca RURSUS 204 21 2 3 Managing RUleS oua odo onn ome a RE e prn ord ERR aS 205 21 2 4 Rules Defined by Other Administrators 0 0 00 e eee 206 21 3 IREGISERY CONLEOLc cc op eis a cna ps ERU A OUR STU OA URL AUS FRE eR 206 vii BitDefender Internet Security 2010 21 4 Cookle Control itecto ite a Sogo soared
196. he Edit rule button or double click the rule The configuration window will appear 2 Configure the main and the advanced parameters as needed 3 Click OK to save the changes Configuring Main Parameters The Main tab of the configuration window allows configuring the main rule parameters Program Path any Command Line iv Any Protocol Any Z Listen W Blocked Local Blocked vents idapter Types Z Connect v Full Trust Z Trusted Local v Traffic v Safe VJ unsafe vi ation 34 O Allow O Deny Main Parameters You can configure the following parameters Program Path Click Browse and select the application the rule applies to If you want the rule to apply to all applications select Any e Command line If you want the rule to apply only when the selected application is opened with a specific command in the Windows command line interface clear the Any check box and type the respective command in the edit field e Protocol Select from the menu the IP protocol the rule applies to If you want the rule to apply to all protocols select Any If you want the rule to apply to TCP select TCP Firewall 225 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 If you want the rule to apply to UDP select UDP If you want the rule to apply to a specific protocol select Other
197. he BitDefender s list of known games To view this list click Manage Games and then Games List e Enter game mode when an application is in full screen to automatically enter Game Mode when an application goes to full screen Add the application to the game list to be prompted to add a new application to the game list when you leave full screen By adding a new application to the game list the next time you start it BitDefender will automatically enter Game Mode Game Laptop Mode 244 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note If you do not want BitDefender to automatically enter Game Mode clear the Automatic Game Mode check box 25 1 2 Managing the Game List BitDefender automatically enters Game Mode when you start an application from the game list To view and manage the game list click Manage Games A new window will appear My Games List Name Fullscreen exe m This is the list of games that will trigger BitDefender to turn on Game Mode automatically Game List New applications are automatically added to the list when You start a game from the BitDefender s list of known games To view this list click Games List e After leaving full screen you add the application to the game list from the prompt window If you want to disable Automatic Game Mode for a specific application from the list clear its corresponding check box You sho
198. he Game Laptop Mode module allows you to configure the special operation modes of BitDefender e Game Mode temporarily modifies the product settings so as to minimize the resource consumption when you play Laptop Mode prevents scheduled tasks from running when the laptop is running on battery in order to save battery power 25 1 Game Mode Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance While in Game Mode the following settings are applied e All BitDefender alerts and pop ups are disabled e The BitDefender real time protection level is set to Permissive e The BitDefender firewall is set to Allow all This means that all new connections both incoming and outgoing are automatically allowed regardless of the port and protocol being used Updates are not performed by default Note 9 To change this setting go to Update Settings and clear the Don t update if Game Mode is on check box e Scheduled scan tasks are by default disabled By default BitDefender automatically enters Game Mode when you start a game from the BitDefender s list of known games or when an application goes to full screen You can manually enter Game Mode using the default Ctrl Alt Shift G hotkey It is strongly recommended that you exit Game Mode when you finished playing you can use the same default Ctr1l Alt Shift G hotkey D Note While in Game Mode you can see the letter G over the
199. he Spammers list all e mail messages coming from yahoo com addresses will be marked as Spam To import e mail addresses from Windows Address Book Outlook Express Folders into Microsoft Outlook Outlook Express Windows Mail select the appropriate option from the Import email addresses from drop down menu For Microsoft Outlook Express Windows Mail a new window will appear from where you can select the folder that contains the e mail addresses you want to add to the Spammers list Choose them and click Select In both cases the e mail addresses will appear in the import list Select the desired ones and click 2 to add them to the Spammers list If you click all the e mail addresses will be added to the list To delete an item from the list select it and click the Remove button To delete all entries from the list click the Clear list button and then Yes to confirm You can save the Spammers list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product To save the Spammers list click the Save button and save it to the desired location The file will have a bwl extension To load a previously saved Spammers list click the Load button and open the corresponding bwl file To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list select Overwrite the current list Click Apply and OK to save and close the Spammers list e amp Friends opens the Friends list tha
200. he name of a module to see more details about its status and to configure status tracking for its components e Usage Profile Indicates the usage profile that is currently selected and offers a link to a relevant task for that profile gt When the Typical profile is selected the Scan Now button allows you to perform a System Scan using the Antivirus Scan Wizard The entire system will be scanned except for archives In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware other than rootkits When the Parent profile is selected the Parental Control button allows you to configure the Parental Control settings For more information on how to configure Parental Control please refer to Parental Control p 180 When the Gamer profile is selected the Turn On Off Game Mode button allows you to enable disable Game Mode Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance When the Custom profile is selected the Update Now button starts an immediate update A new window will appear where you can see the update status If you want to switch to a different profile or edit the one you are currently using click the profile and follow the configuration wizard Dashboard 91 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 13 Security BitDefender comes with a Security module that helps you keep your BitDefender up to date and your computer virus free To enter the Security module
201. he physical files representing the vaulted drives can be accessed from a different operating system such as Linux the information stored on them cannot be read because it is encrypted To manage the file vaults on your computer go to Encryption gt File Encryption in Expert Mode Encryption 236 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 n V File Encryption is enabled File Yaults detected on this computer G P Antispam File Vault Status Drive Letter Full Pat Privacy Control Firewall gt gt gt Parental Control est vault Lockec DiiDo gt gt Vulnerability Deco Game Laptop Mode gt Home Network gt Update gt Registration This is the list of File Vaults Found on this computer To look for more File Vaults click the magnifier icon in the top right corner of the list Right click the items for more options File Vault To disable File Encryption clear the File Encryption is enabled check box and click Yes to confirm If you disable File Vault all file vaults will be locked and you will no longer be able to access the files they contain The table at the top displays the file vaults on your computer You can see the name the status opened locked the drive letter and the full path of the vault The table at the bottom displays the content of the selected vault 24 2 1 Creating a Vault To create
202. he vault If this is the first time you use BitDefender File Encryption you will have to create a new File Vault Please choose one of options below O Browse for a File Yault Browse Select an Existing File Vault File Vault name O EAScriptsVWks all tests TestbedFileVaultifvtest2 bvd Select Vault If you select Browse for a File Vault you must click Browse and select the file vault If you click Select an existing File Vault then you must click the desired vault name Click Next Step 2 3 Summary This is where you can review chosen operations Wizards 86 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Close File Vault Finish Please review the selected operations and click Next if you wish to continue You can click Back if you want to change anything Operation Close File Vault fvtest2 E Scripts Wks_all_tests Testbed Filevault fvtest2 bvd Opened on A Summary Click Next Step 3 3 Results This is where you can view operation result Wizards 87 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Display Operation Results Close File Vault fvtest2 E lScripts Wks all tests TestbedlFileVaultlfvtest2 bvd Results Click Finish Wizards 88 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Intermediate Mode 89 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 12 Dashboard The Dashboard tab provides information regarding th
203. his is the recommended option Use this option if you receive high volumes of spam regularly May produce some false positives legitimate umccob iy Moderate mail incorrectly tagged as spam Configuring the Friends Spammers lists and training the Bayesian filter will help reduce the number of false positives Firewall Encryption Permissive Game Laptop Mode aes uBelpuitLexelJ Home Network Update Antispam Statistics Received e mails this session Spam e mails this session Total e mails received Registration Total spam e mails received Antispam Status You can see whether Antispam is enabled or disabled If you want to change the Antispam status clear or select the corresponding check box Important A To prevent spam from entering your Inbox keep the Antispam filter enabled In the Statistics section you can view the results of the antispam activity presented per session since you started your computer or a summary since the installation of BitDefender 1 Setting the Protection Level You can choose the protection level that better fits your security needs Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level There are 5 protection levels Antispam 172 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Permissive Offers protection for accounts that receive a lot of legitimate commercial mail The filter will let most e mail pass through but it may produce fa
204. iately after you exit Laptop Mode Game Laptop Mode 248 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 26 Home Network The Network module allows you to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers from a single computer General 10 10 0 1 Antivirus AE 1 INTERNET Antispam Parental Control al No PC click to add add No PC click to add Privacy Control Firewall m No PC click to add s ail No PC click to add Vulnerability Encryption and No PC click to add a8 No PC click to add Game Laptop Mode meneo gt Update gt Registration ama two To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Network Map To be able to manage the BitDefender products installed on your home computers you must follow these steps 1 Join the BitDefender home network on your computer Joining the network consists in configuring an administrative password for the home network management 2 Go to each computer you want to manage and join the network set the password 3 Go back to your computer and add the computers you want to manage 26 1 Joining the BitDefender Network To join the BitDefender home network follow these steps 1 Click Enable Network You will be prompted to configure the home management
205. ication select the My SMTP server requires authentication check box and type your user name and password in the corresponding fields Note 9 If you do not know what these settings are open your mail client and check your e mail account settings To validate the configuration click the Test Settings button If any issues are found during validation BitDefender will inform you which areas require your attention Click OK to save the changes and close the window 20 3 Web Control The Web Control helps you to block access to web sites with inappropriate content A list of candidates for blocking both sites and parts thereof is provided and updated by BitDefender as part of the regular update process To configure the Web Control for a specific user account click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Web tab Parental Control 188 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 re wen Web Limiter Applications keywords Messaging Enable Web Control Select how would you prefer BitDefender to filter the web traffic Allow of sites except the ones in the list Block all sites except the ones in the list URL This is the list of websites that are filtered by the Web Control Feature You can edit or remove an entry by clicking the relevant buttons available in the list or you can add a new URL by clicking on Allow Website or Block Website
206. ific Folder to be used by the Learning Bayesian Filter as reference for spam C3 Outlook Express E 3 Local Folders 3 Inbox 3 Outbox E Sent Items Deleted Items D 3 Drafts v Include all subfolders v Automatically add to Spammers list when clicking Is Spam C Skip this step Enable this option if you want to add to the Spammers list the e mail addresses from where you received these messages Train Bayesian Filter with Spam Please select a folder that contains spam e mail messages These messages will be used to train the antispam filter Important Please make sure that the folder you choose contains no legitimate e mail at all otherwise the antispam performance will be considerably reduced b There are two advanced options under the directory list e Include all subfolders to include the subfolders to your selection Automatically add to Spammers list to add the senders to the Spammers list E mail messages from these senders will always be marked as SPAM and processed accordingly If you want to skip this configuration step select Skip this step Click Next to continue Integration into Mail Clients 284 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 32 1 6 Step 6 6 Summary Actions Taken to Improve Antispam Detection E mail addresses from Address Book were selected to be added to the friends list The Learning Engine Bayesian w
207. iled information please refer to Configuring Basic Settings p 40 In the bottom right corner of the window you can find several useful links Link Description Buy Renew Opens a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender Internet Security 2010 product Registration Allows you to enter a new license key or to view the current license key and the registration status Help amp Support Gives you access to a help file that shows you how to use BitDefender 6 2 2 Intermediate Mode Aimed at users with average computer skills Intermediate Mode is a simple interface that gives you access to all modules at a basic level You ll have to keep track of warnings and critical alerts and fix undesired issues Overview 25 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 DASHBOARD Overall Status Usage Profile Custom i Status Detail WARNING 1 issue is o SECURITY affecting the security CRITICAL WARNING 1 pending issue status of this PC lt PARENTAL remm 6 NOT MONITORED No information available FILE VAUL T INITORED No information available s o NOT CONFIGURED This module is disabled The dashboard module displays the product security status together with links to the most important product modules Intermediate Mode The Intermediate Mode window consists of five tabs The following table briefly describes each tab For detailed information please refer to the I
208. ill not be reset Folder Inbox was selected to train the Learning Bayesian Engine The e mail addresses identified during this operation will be added to the Friends list Folder Deleted Items was selected to train the Learning Bayesian Engine The e mail addresses identified during this operation will be added to the Spammers list d Close dialog when the training completes Close dialog when the training completes Summary Here you can view all the settings for the configuration wizard You can make any changes by returning to the previous steps click Back If you do not want to make any modifications click Finish to end the wizard 32 2 Antispam Toolbar In the upper area of your mail client window you can see the Antispam toolbar The Antispam toolbar helps you manage antispam protection directly from your mail client You can easily correct BitDefender if it marked a legitimate message as SPAM Integration into Mail Clients 285 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Inbox Microsoft Outlook File Edit view Favorites Tools Actions Help Adobe PDF oT HL new X CoReply ff ReplytoAl yE Forward Ejsend Receive Borni 7 GA Is Spam ay Not Spam 4p Add Spammer 4p Add Friend Spammers e Friends Wi Settings 4 Wizard BitDefender Antispam Folder List x t BY From Subject Received i Outlook Today Personal Folders Vasile Cosmin Danciu This is a great opportunity Tue 11 11
209. important issue that bothers us all Data theft has kept pace with the development of Internet communications and it makes use of new methods of fooling people into giving away private information Whether it is your e mail or your credit card number when they fall into the wrong hands such information may cause you damage you may find yourself drowning in spam messages or you might be surprised to access an emptied account Identity Control protects you against the theft of sensitive data when you are online Based on the rules you create Identity Control scans the web e mail and instant messaging traffic leaving your computer for specific character strings for example your credit card number If there is a match the respective web page e mail or instant message is blocked Privacy Control 199 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 You can create rules to protect any piece of information you might consider personal or confidential from your phone number or e mail address to your bank account information Multiuser support is provided so that users logging on to different Windows user accounts can configure and use their own identity protection rules If your Windows account is an administrator account the rules you create can be configured to also apply when other users of the computer are logged on to their Windows user accounts Why use Identity Control e Identity Control is very effective in blocking keylogger spyware This ty
210. in Game Mode follow these steps 1 Click Advanced Settings A new window will appear 2 Select the Set Firewall on Allow All Game Mode when in Game Mode check box Game Laptop Mode 246 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 Click OK to save the changes 25 1 4 Changing Game Mode Hotkey You can manually enter Game Mode using the default Ct rL ALt Shift G hotkey If you want to change the hotkey follow these steps 1 Click Advanced Settings A new window will appear V Enable Game Mode Hotkeys v ctrl vj alc v Shift G _ Set Firewall on Allow All Game Mode when in Game Mode Use a combination of keys to activate Game Mode Advanced Settings 2 Under the Use HotKey option set the desired hotkey e Choose the modifier keys you want to use by checking one the following Control key Ctrl Shift key Shift or Alternate key Alt e n the edit field type the letter corresponding to the regular key you want to use For example if you want to use the Ctr1 Alt D hotkey you must check only Ctrland Alt and type D a Note Removing the check mark next to Use HotKey will disable the hotkey 3 Click OK to save the changes 25 2 Laptop Mode Laptop Mode is especially designed for laptop and notebook users Its purpose is to minimize BitDefender s impact on power consumption while these devices are running on battery While in Laptop Mode
211. information it contains is yet another means of providing BitDefender customers with the technical knowledge and insight they need All valid requests for information or bug reports coming from BitDefender clients eventually find their way into the BitDefender Knowledge Base as bugfix reports workaround cheatsheets or informational articles to supplement product helpfiles The BitDefender Knowledge Base is available any time at http kb bitdefender com 36 2 Asking for Help In order to ask for help you must use the BitDefender Web Self Service Just follow these steps 1 Goto http www bitdefender com help This is where you can find the BitDefender Knowledge Base The BitDefender Knowledge Base hosts numerous articles that contain solutions to BitDefender related issues 2 Search the BitDefender Knowledge Base for articles that may provide a solution to your problem 3 Please read the relevant article and try the proposed solution 4 If this solution does not solve your problem use the link in the article to contact BitDefender Customer Care 5 Login to your BitDefender account 6 Contact the BitDefender support representatives by e mail chat or phone Support 316 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 36 3 Contact Information Efficient communication is the key to a successful business During the past 10 years BITDEFENDER has established an unquestionable reputation by constantly striving for better communication
212. ing non exclusive limited non assignable non transferable non sublicensable and royalty bearing license to use BitDefender APPLICATION SOFTWARE You may install and use BitDefender on as many computers as necessary with the limitation imposed by the total number of licensed users You may make one additional copy for back up purpose DESKTOP USER LICENSE This license applies to BitDefender software that can be installed on a single computer and which does not provide network services Each primary user may install this software on a single computer and may make one additional copy for backup on a different device The number of primary users allowed is the number of the users of the license End User Software License Agreement xi BitDefender Internet Security 2010 TERM OF LICENSE The license granted hereunder shall commence on the purchasing date of BitDefender and shall expire at the end of the period for which the license is purchased EXPIRATION The product will cease to perform its functions immediately upon expiration of the license UPGRADES If BitDefender is labeled as an upgrade you must be properly licensed to use a product identified by BITDEFENDER as being eligible for the upgrade in order to use BitDefender A BitDefender labeled as an upgrade replaces and or supplements the product that formed the basis for your eligibility for the upgrade You may use the resulting upgraded product only in accordance with the ter
213. ing and outgoing e mail messages Vulnerability Scans for viruses and spyware Don t scan web HTTP traffic Actions for infected files Disinfect file Move file to quarantine Scans with B HAVE heuristic analysis Scans IM traffic Encryption Permissive Game Laptop Mode o umamigagi Deut Level apas etme dote Z antiphishing is enabled Registration vi Enable Antiphishing For Microsoft Windows Internet Explorer iv Enable Antiphishing for Mozilla Firefox Z Enable Antiphishing for Yahoo Messenger v Enable Antiphishing for Microsoft Windows Live Messenger To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User InterFace please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Real time Protection You can see whether Real time protection is enabled or disabled If you want to change the Real time protection status clear or select the corresponding check box Important To prevent viruses from infecting your computer keep Real time protection enabled To start a system scan click Scan Now 18 1 1 Configuring Protection Level You can choose the protection level that better fits your security needs Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level There are 3 protection levels Protection level Description Permissive Covers basic security needs The resource consumption l
214. installing BitDefender if you register it with a license key the deadline is extended to 30 days Otherwise BitDefender will no longer update 2 Registration with a license key The license key specifies how long you are entitled to use the product As soon as the license key expires BitDefender stops performing its functions and protecting your computer You must register the product with a license key when the trial period ends You should purchase a license key or renew your license a few days before the current license key expires 10 1 Registering BitDefender Internet Security 2010 If you want to register the product with a license key or to change the current license key click the Register Now link located at the bottom of the BitDefender window The product registration window will appear Registration and My Account 47 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Registration Wizard BitDefender Registration Current License Key Information Type TRIAL Expires in 9 days Enter license key umen e hhh Ch Don t have a license key Buy one now To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Registration You can see the BitDefender registration status the current license key and how many days are left until the license expires To register BitDefender Internet Security 20
215. intenance This control helps ensure that the Software operates only on validly licensed Computers and that validly licensed end users receive Maintenance services Registration requires a valid product serial number and a valid email address for renewal and other notices These Terms cover BitDefender Solutions and Services for home users licensed to you including related documentation and any update and upgrade of the applications delivered to you under the purchased license or any related service agreement as defined in the documentation and any copy of these items This License Agreement is a legal agreement between you either an individual or a legal person and BITDEFENDER for use of BITDEFENDER s software product identified above which includes computer software and services and may include associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation hereafter designated as BitDefender all of which are protected by international copyright laws and international treaties By installing copying or using BitDefender you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement do not install or use BitDefender BitDefender License BitDefender is protected by copyright laws and international copyright treaties as well as other intellectual property laws and treaties BitDefender is licensed not sold GRANT OF LICENSE BITDEFENDER hereby grants you and only you the follow
216. intenance subscription services or our use of the information you provide us Communications BitDefender will send Communications via in product notices or via email to the primary user s registered email address or will post Communications on its Sites By accepting this Agreement you consent to receive all Communications through these electronic means only and acknowledge and demonstrate that you can access Communications on Sites DATA COLLECTION TECHNOLOGY BitDefender informs you that in certain programs or products it may use data collection technology to collect technical information including suspect files to improve the products to provide related services to adapt them and to prevent the unlicensed or illegal use of the product or the damages resulting from the malware products You accept that BitDefender may use such information as part of the services provided in relation to the product and to prevent and stop the malware programs running on your computer End User Software License Agreement xiii BitDefender Internet Security 2010 You acknowledge and accept that BitDefender may provide updates or additions to the program or product which automatically download to your computer By accepting this Agreement You agree to upload the executable files for the purpose of being scanned by the BitDefender servers Similarly for the purpose of contracting and using the program you may have to give BitDefender certain perso
217. internet connections will be blocked You can click individual cells or you can click and drag to cover longer periods Also you Parental Control 191 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 can click Block all to select all the cells and implicitly to block all the web access If you click Allow all the internet connections will be permitted all the time Important The boxes coloured in grey represent the time intervals when all internet connections are blocked 20 5 Applications Control The Applications Control helps you to block any application from running Games media and messaging software as well as other categories of software and malware can be blocked this way Applications blocked in this manner are also protected from modifications and cannot be copied or moved You can block applications permanently or just during certain time intervals such as those when your children should be doing their homework To configure the Applications Control for a specific user account click the Modify button corresponding to that user account and click the Applications tab Status 0 We Web Limiter Applications Keywords Messaging Enable Application Control Please specify the applications you want BitDefender to restrict or to block access to completely You can restrict an application by specifying the time intervals when the access is not allowed Vs duniaen Eaa m
218. ion by clicking Custom level The following window will appear Antivirus 123 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 iv Scan accessed files Scan only new and changed files for increased performance Scan boot sectors Scan inside archives Action to take when an infected file is found E First action lt Disinfect file gt E Second action Move file to quarantine gt tion to take when a suspect file is found First action Deny access and continue Second action Deny access and continue Don t scan files larger than 0 KB Scan network shares an e mail traffic Scan incoming e mail Scan outgoing e mail an web HTTP traffic Show warning when a virus is Found Scan files sent received over IM v Scan Yahoo Messenger traffic iw Scan Windows Live Messenger traffic This is where you can define your own level of scanning for the new task the type of malware to be scanned for the types of files to scan and the actions against a virus Shield Settings The scan options are organized as an expandable menu very similar to those used for exploration in Windows Click the box with to open an option or the box with to close an option a Note D You can observe that some scan options although the sign appears cannot be opened The reason is that these options weren t selected yet You will observe th
219. ions are set for the shared printer to allow access to specific computer and users only If you are sharing your printer check the permissions set for the printer to see if the user on the other computer is allowed access to the printer If you are trying to connect to a shared printer check with the user on the other computer if you have permission to connect to the printer The printer connected to your computer or to the other computer is not shared The shared printer is not added on the computer Note D To learn how to manage printer sharing share a printer set or remove permissions for a printer connect to a network printer orto a shared printer go to the Windows Help and Support Center in the Start menu click Help and Support If you still cannot access a Wi Fi network printer most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer Access to the Wi Fi network printer may be restricted to specific computers or users only You should check with the administrator of the Wi Fi network if you have permission to connect to that printer Troubleshooting 307 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 If you suspect the problem is with the BitDefender firewall you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section Support p 316 35 4 Antispam Filter Does Not Work Properly This article helps you troubleshoot the following problems concerning the BitDefender Antispam filtering operation
220. irewall in Wi Fi networks e Cannot share files with computers in the Wi Fi network e Cannot access a network printer attached to the Wi Fi network e Cannot access the printer shared by a computer in the Wi Fi network e Cannot share your printer with computers in the Wi Fi network Before you begin troubleshooting these problems you should know some things about security and the BitDefender firewall configuration in Wi Fi networks From a security viewpoint Wi Fi networks fall into one of these categories e Secured Wi Fi networks This type of network allows only authorized Wi Fi enabled devices to connect to it Network access is conditioned by a password Examples of secured Wi Fi networks are those set up in office networks Open unsecured Wi Fi networks Any Wi Fi enabled device within the range of an unsecured Wi Fi network can freely connect to it Unsecured Wi Fi networks are widely used They include almost every public Wi Fi network such as those in school campuses coffee shops airports and other A home network that you set up using a wireless router is also unsecured until you activate security on the router Troubleshooting 304 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Unsecured Wi Fi networks present a great security risk because your computer is connected to unknown computers Without the proper protection provided by a firewall anyone connected to the network can access your shares and even break into your comput
221. is where you will be asked to enter the password for the selected vault Wizards 82 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Please enter the currently selected File Vault password Password eeccccccccce Enter password Type the password into the corresponding field and click Next Step 3 4 Summary This is where you can review chosen operations Wizards 83 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Finish Please review the selected operations and click Next if you wish to continue You can click Back if you want to change anything Operation View File Vault Content is E lis bvd OpenedonH Summary Click Next Step 4 4 Results This is where you can view the files of the vault Wizards 84 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Display File Vault Content These are the files stored in the currently selected File Vault K Test doc K Test2 doc Results Click Finish 11 4 4 Lock File Vault This wizard helps you lock a specific file vault in order to protect its content Step 1 3 Select Vault Here you can specify the vault to lock Wizards 85 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Close File Vault Select File Vault BitDefender File Vault Functions similar to bank vaults you choose what you want to secure you create a vault with a password you deposit and then you close t
222. is wizard will help you scan your computer for any threat that might affect it You will be able to select specific folders and or files to be scanned as well as define the actions to be taken on infected files You will also receive a scan report that will help you assess the security level of your system Please go through each step and configure the scanning process according to your needs C Don t show this step the next time this wizard is run Welcome Window If you want to skip over this window when running this wizard in the future select the Don t show this step the next time this wizard is run check box Click Next 11 2 2 Step 2 6 Select Target Here you can specify the files or folders to be scanned as well as the scan options Wizards 57 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click Add Target to define the scanning target For this scan task pem Scan Target E Donwloads Scan Options Scan all files Extensions must be separated by a semicolon e g exe com ivd Select Target Click Add Target select the files or folders that you want to scan and click OK The paths to the selected locations will appear in the Scan Target column If you change your mind about the location just click the Remove button next to it Click the Remove All button to remove all the locations that were added to the list When you are done selecting the locations set the S
223. istics scanning speed elapsed time number of scanned infected suspicious hidden objects and other Wait for BitDefender to finish scanning Note The scanning process may take a while depending on the complexity of the scan Password protected archives If BitDefender detects a password protected archive during scanning and the default action is Prompt for password you will be prompted to provide the password Password protected archives cannot be scanned unless you provide the password The following options are available want to enter the password for this object If you want BitDefender to scan the archive select this option and type the password If you do not know the password choose one of the other options do not want to enter the password for this object skip this object Select this option to skip scanning this archive e do not want to enter the password for any object skip all password protected objects Select this option if you do not want to be bothered about password protected archives BitDefender will not be able to scan them but a record will be kept in the scan log Click OK to continue scanning Stopping or pausing the scan You can stop scanning anytime you want by clicking Stop amp Yes You will go directly to the last step of the wizard To temporarily stop the scanning process just click Pause You will have to click Resume to resume scanning 11 1 2 Step 2 3 Select Actions Wh
224. itDefender a new window will appear A Important By removing BitDefender you will no longer be protected against viruses spyware and hackers If you want Windows Firewall and Windows Defender only on Windows Vista to be enabled after uninstalling BitDefender select the corresponding check boxes Click Remove to start the removal of BitDefender Internet Security 2010 from your computer During the removal process you will be prompted to give us your feedback Please click OK to take an online survey consisting of no more than five short questions If you do not want to take the survey just click Cancel Once the removal process is completed a new window will appear Click Finish Note 9 After the removal process is over we recommend that you delete the BitDefender folder from Program Files Repairing or Removing BitDefender 20 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Getting Started 21 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 6 Overview Once you have installed BitDefender your computer is protected If you have not completed the configuration wizard you must open BitDefender as soon as possible and fix the existing issues You may have to configure specific BitDefender components or take preventive actions to protect your computer and your data If you want to you can configure BitDefender not to alert you about specific issues If you have not registered the product including creating a BitDefender account rem
225. itDefender on this computer Set a settings password on a remote PC o L Run an on demand scan task Vulnerability Fix all issues on this PC View History Events Update Now Firewall No PC click to add Encryption m No PC click to add Game Laptop Mode Set Parental Control Profile Home Network Set as Update Server for this network Tt E dadaa a gt Update gt Registration sitet To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area If you move the mouse cursor over a computer from the network map you can see brief information about it name IP address number of issues affecting the system security BitDefender registration status If you click a computer name in the network map you can see all the administrative tasks you can run on the remote computer e Remove PC from home network Allows you to remove a PC from the network e Register BitDefender on this computer Allows you to register BitDefender on this computer by entering a license key e Set a settings password on a remote PC Allows you to create a password to restrict access to BitDefender settings on this PC e Run an on demand scan task Allows you to run an on demand scan on the remote computer You can perform any of the following scan tasks My Documents Scan System
226. k Wizard Check Windows Accounts passwords Account Name Password Strength Status Admin Weak Fix The user will be Forced to Drunken German OK change the password The user will be forced to gigea OK change the password This is the list of the Windows accounts detected on this PC and their passwords level of protection Weak passwords do not meet the security policies and could be exploited by malware applications or hackers Click Fix to change the passwords detected as weak User Passwords You can see the list of the Windows user accounts configured on your computer and the level of protection their password provides A password can be strong hard to guess or weak easy to crack by malicious people with specialized software Click Fix to modify the weak passwords A new window will appear Change Password for test Force user to change password at next login C Change the password now Password Confirm password Change Password Select the method to fix this issue Force user to change password at next login BitDefender will prompt the user to change the password the next time the user logs on to Windows Wizards 69 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Change user password You must type the new password in the edit fields Make sure to inform the user about the password change Note For a strong password use a combination of uppercase and l
227. lation make sure that your computer meets the minimum hardware and software requirements Note To find out the Windows operating system your computer is running and hardware information right click My Computer on the desktop and then select Properties from the menu 1 1 Minimal System Requirements e 450 MB available free hard disk space e 800 MHz processor e RAM Memory 512 MB for Windows XP 1GB for Windows Vista and Windows 7 e Internet Explorer 6 0 e NET Framework 1 1 also available in the installer kit 1 2 Recommended System Requirements e 600 MB available free hard disk space e Intel CORE Duo 1 66 GHz or equivalent processor e RAM Memory gt 1 GB for Windows XP and Windows 7 1 5 GB for Windows Vista e Internet Explorer 7 or higher NET Framework 1 1 also available in the installer kit 1 3 Supported Software Antiphishing protection is provided only for e Internet Explorer 6 0 or higher e Mozilla Firefox 2 5 e Yahoo Messenger 8 5 e Windows Live Messenger 8 Instant Messaging IM encryption is provided only for System Requirements BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Yahoo Messenger 8 5 e Windows Live Messenger 8 Antispam protection is provided for all POP3 SMTP e mail clients The BitDefender Antispam toolbar however is integrated only into e Microsoft Outlook 2000 2003 2007 Microsoft Outlook Express e Microsoft Windows Mail e Thunderbird 2 0 0 17 Sys
228. le detected Moved to quarantine 29 06 2009 12 47 46 Privacy Control Enci ion zt 3 Infected file detected Blocked 29 06 2009 12 47 41 File Encryption f Infected file detected Blocked 29 06 2009 12 47 41 Bree sess st mnm anar nnan tna Game Laptop Mode Macae od On demand Tasks Home Network _ e T Task Name Date Update Scan task finished successf 4920 29 06 2009 12 50 23 3 Scan task finished successf 4920 29 06 2009 12 49 35 e c Scan task was aborted Excluded Objects Scan 29 06 2009 12 46 21 Internet Log Scan task was aborted My Documents 29 06 2009 12 45 16 Scan task was aborted System Scan 29 06 2009 12 45 02 Scan task was aborted Auto logon Scan 29 06 2009 12 44 15 Scan task was aborted Quick System Scan 29 06 2009 11 36 52 Registration To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this Events In order to help you filter the BitDefender history amp events the following categories are provided on the left side e Antivirus e Antispam Parental Control Privacy Control e Firewall Vulnerability History and Events 45 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e IM encryption e File Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Update Registration Internet Log A list of events is
229. leave the network Add Computer allows you to add computers to your network Network 103 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Scan All allows you to scan all managed computers at the same time Update All allows you to update all managed computers at the same time Register All allows you to register all managed computers at the same time 16 1 1 Joining the BitDefender Network To join the BitDefender home network follow these steps 1 Click Enable Network You will be prompted to configure the home management password Enter Home Network Password A password is required in order to join or to create a network for security reasons It will guard the access to your computer via the home network Password Retype password Configure Password 2 Type the same password in each of the edit fields 3 Click OK You can see the computer name appearing in the network map 16 1 2 Adding Computers to the BitDefender Network Before you can add a computer to the BitDefender home network you must configure the BitDefender home management password on the respective computer To add a computer to the BitDefender home network follow these steps 1 Click Add Computer You will be prompted to provide the local home management password Please enter here the password that you have set when you enabled Home Management on this PC Password C Dont sho
230. les detected The following options are available Action Description Log only Only keep record of the password protected files in the scan log Afterthe scan is completed you can open the scan log to view information on these files Prompt for password When a password protected file is detected prompt the user to provide the password in order to scan the file If you click Default you will load the default settings Click OK to save the changes and close the window Setting Scan Target To set the scan target of a specific user scan task right click the task and select Paths Alternatively if you are already in the Properties window of a task select the Paths tab The following window will appear Antivirus 142 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 TR Paths scheduler EN C s wiN2000 c Local Drives D e vistas2 0 Network Drives O Date E O 99 vista 4 F C se xp64 G O 99 xp32 H C 2ov0 Drive 1 C amp wxPvOL EN Q Removable Drives All Entries Click here to add selected Folders or files to the scanning target Scan Target You can see the list of local network and removable drives as well as the files or folders added previously if any All checked items will be scanned when running the task The section contains the following buttons Add Folder s opens a browsing window where you can select the file s fol
231. les only means only the files with the following extensions exe bat com dll ocx scr bin dat 386 vxd sys wdm cla class ovl ole exe hlp doc dot xls ppt Antivirus 138 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 wbk wiz pot ppa xla xlt vbs vbe mdb rtf htm hta html xml xtp php asp js shs chm lnk pif prc url smm pdf msi ini sc cmd bas eml and nws Scan user defined extensions Scan packed files Scan inside archives Scan inside e mail archives Scan boot sectors Scan memory Scan registry Scan cookies Only the files with the extensions specified by the user will be scanned These extensions must be separated by Scans packed files Scans inside regular archives such as zip Far ace iso and others Select the Scan installers and chm archives check box if you want these types of files to be scanned Scanning archived files increases the scanning time and requires more system resources You can set the maximum size of the archives to be scanned in kilobytes KB by typing the size in this field Limit scanned archive size to Scans inside mail archives Scans the system s boot sector Scans the memory for viruses and other malware Scans registry entries Scans cookie files Action options Specify the actions to be taken on each category of detected files using the options in this category Note To set a new action click the current First action and sel
232. les you to create a virtual network of the computers in your household and to manage the BitDefender products installed in this network If you want this computer to be part of the BitDefender Home Network follow these steps 1 Select Enable Home Network 2 Type the same administrative password in each of the edit fields The password enables an administrator to manage this BitDefender product from another computer Installing BitDefender 15 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click Next to continue 3 2 6 Step 6 Select the Tasks to Be Run BitDefender Configuration Wizard Protect your PC We recommend that you update BitDefender and run a system scan before you continue If you choose to skip these tasks BitDefender will notify you after the configuration wizard ends that there are pending issues on your system LJ Update BitDefender and perform a quick system scan now J Run a System Scan every day at 2AM v To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Task Selection Set BitDefender to perform important tasks for the security of your system The following options are available Update BitDefender and perform a quick system scan now during the next step the virus signatures and product files of BitDefender will be updated in o
233. lick the desired scan task in the list click the B Scan now button corresponding to the task select the task and then click Run Task The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process Contextual Scanning To scan a file or a folder without configuring a new scan task you can use the contextual menu This is called contextual scanning Right click the file or folder you want to be scanned and select Scan with BitDefender The Antivirus Du Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process Search Sharing and Security 2 e You can modify the scan options and see the report Send To E files by accessing the Properties window of the G EtDefender Fie vaut Contextual Menu Scan task Cut Copy Create Shortcut Delete 7 Rename Properties Contextual Scan Drag amp Drop Scanning Drag the file or folder you want to be scanned and drop it over the Scan Activity Bar as shown below Antivirus 147 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Drop File The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process Manual Scanning Manual scanning consists in directly selecting the object to be scanned using the BitDefender Manual Scan option from the BitDefender program group in the Start Menu 5 Note 9 Manual scanning is very useful as it can be performed when Windows works in Safe Mode too To select
234. line shops and stores Social Networking Social networking websites e Adult Profile Categories includes content that is inappropriate for children and teenagers Category Description Pornography Websites hosting pornographic content Hate Violence Racism Websites hosting violent or racist content promoting Narcotics terrorism or narcotics use Drugs Alcohol Cigars Websites selling or advertising drugs alcohol or tobacco products Illegal Activities Websites that promote piracy or host pirated content Online Payment Web forms for online payment and checkout sections of online stores The user can browse online stores but attempts to purchase are blocked Online Dating Adult dating websites with chat video or photo sharing Click Apply to save the categories of web content blocked for the user 20 2 Monitoring Children Activity BitDefender helps you keep track of what your children are doing on the computer even when you are away Alerts can be sent to you by e mail every time the Parental Control module blocks an activity A log with the history of websites visited can also be saved Select the options you want to enable Parental Control 186 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Send me an activity report via e mail An e mail notification is sent every time BitDefender Parental Control blocks an activity e Save an internet traffic log Logs the websites visited by users for whom Parental Control i
235. local host to any destination over the respective IP protocol and on all ports If you Tis rotons dean Grnned th the Antius enore click Block the application will be denied access to the Internet over the respective IP protocol completely Based on your answer a rule will be created applied and listed in the table The next time the application tries to connect this rule will be Firewall Alert applied by default Important Allow inbound connection attempts only from IPs or domains you are sure to trust 22 3 2 Deleting and Reseting Rules To delete a rule select it and click the Remove rule button You can select and delete several rules at once If you want to delete all the rules created for a specific application select the application from the list and click the Remove rule button If you wantto load the default rule set for the selected trust level click Reset Rules 22 3 3 Creating and Modifying Rules Creating new rules manually and modifying existing rules consist in configuring the rule parameters in the configuration window Creating rules To create a rule manually follow these steps 1 Click the Add rule button The configuration window will appear 2 Configure the main and the advanced parameters as needed Firewall 224 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 Click OK to add the new rule Modifying rules To modify an existing rule follow these steps 1 Click t
236. lp sess 300 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 35 Troubleshootlhg iiie trece hene edet 301 35 1 Installation Problems 2 6 ane tre ident Ree Robes ol ptu i eiat deed 301 35 1 1 Installation Validation Errors suene 301 35 1 2 Failed Installation 4 5232 crx nt ro bre denera pte osea dot 302 35 2 BitDefender Services Are Not Responding ssssesssesesssesess 303 35 3 File and Printer Sharing in Wi Fi Wireless Network Does Not Work 304 35 3 1 Trusted Cornp uter Sol tion acus sa sre rmn he er 305 35 3 2 Safe Network Solution eerie th Rot Rhone ed dede 306 35 4 Antispam Filter Does Not Work Properly sssssessesseee nennen 308 35 4 1 Legitimate Messages Are Marked as spam isssussssse 308 35 4 2 Many Spam Messages Are Not Detected ssssssssssssssssn 311 35 4 3 Antispam Filter Does Not Detect Any Spam Message 313 35 5 BitDefender Removal Failed 0c cece eee eens 314 362 SUPPO isst decree wee he diese ees ER dera iP ke delata 316 36 1 BitDefender Knowledge Base ce cece cece 316 36 2 Asking for Help srs 23e rire rre ae ead orem perpe KEE UE erc mios ioi redis 316 36 3 Contact IMTORIMALION ear esanaren prre wi tese ETE ONE EEE aa 317 36 3 1 Web AdGI 65565 a a aE TAE abbr oe EARE TEE iras ageraty 317 36 3 2 BitDefender OfflGes 1 scc ses ahd ae ER me parma a wind ae 317 BitDefender Rescue CD sies
237. lse negatives spam classified as legitimate mail Permissive to Moderate Offers protection for accounts that receive some legitimate commercial mail The filter will let most e mail pass through but it may produce false negatives spam classified as legitimate mail Moderate Offers protection for regular accounts The filter will block most spam while avoiding false positives Moderate to Aggressive Offers protection for accounts that receive high volumes of spam regularly The filter will let very little spam through but it may produce false positives legitimate mail incorrectly tagged as spam Configure the Friends Spammers Lists and train the Learning Engine Bayesian in order to reduce the number of false positives Aggressive Offers protection for accounts that receive very high volumes of spam regularly The filter will let very little spam through but it may produce false positives legitimate mail incorrectly tagged as spam Add your contacts to the Friends List in order to reduce the number of false positives To set the default protection level Moderate to Aggressive click Default Level 19 2 2 Configuring the Friends List The Friends list is a list of all the e mail addresses from which you always want to receive messages regardless of their content Messages from your friends are not labeled as spam even if the content resembles spam Note 9 Any mail coming from an address contained in the Friends list
238. lways sinister some operating systems for example come out of the box with privileged accounts intended for use by field service technicians or the vendor s maintenance programmers Boot sector A sector at the beginning of each disk that identifies the disk s architecture sector size cluster size and so on For startup disks the boot sector also contains a program that loads the operating system Boot virus A virus that infects the boot sector of a fixed or floppy disk An attempt to boot from a diskette infected with a boot sector virus will cause the virus to become active in memory Every time you boot your system from that point on you will have the virus active in memory Browser Short for Web browser a software application used to locate and display Web pages The two most popular browsers are Netscape Navigator and Microsoft Glossary 332 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Internet Explorer Both of these are graphical browsers which means that they can display graphics as well as text In addition most modern browsers can present multimedia information including sound and video though they require plug ins for some formats Command line In a command line interface the user types commands in the space provided directly on the screen using command language Cookie Within the Internet industry cookies are described as small files containing information about individual computers that can be analyzed and used by
239. ly 18 3 1 Excluding Paths from Scanning To exclude paths from scanning click the Add button You will be guided through the process of excluding paths from scanning by the configuration wizard that will appear Step 1 4 Select Object Type BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Please choose the rule type The BitDefender Exclusions Wizard will guide you through the necessary steps to create rules that will enable the Antivirus module to except specific files or folders from scanning It is not recommended to exclude files or folders from scanning unless you are an administrator and you have previously scanned the excluded items BitDefender will ask you if you want to perform an on demand scan of the excluded items to ensure that your computer is virus free Exclude by file folder path O Exclude by extension Please choose the exclusions For the scanning process carefully and remember that it is not recommended to define exclusions Object Type Select the option of excluding a path from scanning Click Next Antivirus 157 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 2 4 Specify Excluded Paths BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Exclude Paths Please enter here the path that must be excluded and click Add Selected Paths ch Above you can browse for the path that you want to exclude from scanning Please make sure that you click Add after you choose an excluded pa
240. m Windows Address Book Outlook Express Folders into Microsoft Outlook Outlook Express Windows Mail select the appropriate option from the Import email addresses from drop down menu Integration into Mail Clients 290 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 For Microsoft Outlook Express Windows Mail a new window will appear from where you can select the folder that contains the e mail addresses you want to add to the Friends list Choose them and click Select In both cases the e mail addresses will appear in the import list Select the desired ones and click to add them to the Friends list If you click amp all the e mail addresses will be added to the list To delete an item from the list select it and click the Remove button To delete all entries from the list click the Clear list button and then Yes to confirm You can save the Friends list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product To save the Friends list click the Save button and save it to the desired location The file will have a bwl extension To load a previously saved Friends list click the Load button and open the corresponding bwl file To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list select Overwrite the current list Note We recommend that you add your friends names and e mail addresses to the Friends list BitDefender does not block messages from those on
241. m on the left side menu 3 Click the Status tab 4 Move the slider higher on the scale Troubleshooting 312 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Retrain Learning Engine Bayesian Before training the Learning Engine Bayesian prepare a folder containing only SPAM messages and another one containing only legitimate messages The Learning Engine will analyze them and learn the characteristics that define the spam or legitimate messages that you usually receive In order for the training to be efficient there must be over 50 messages in each folder To reset the Bayesian database and retrain the Learning Engine follow these steps 1 Open your mail client 2 On the BitDefender antispam toolbar click the amp Wizard button to start the antispam configuration wizard Detailed information on this wizard is provided in section Antispam Configuration Wizard p 279 Click Next Select Skip this step and click Next Select Clear antispam filter database and click Next Select the folder containing legitimate messages and click Next Select the folder containing SPAM messages and click Next Click Finish to start the training process O ON DMN A UJ When training is completed click Close Ask for Help If this information was not helpful you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section Support p 316 35 4 3 Antispam Filter Does Not Detect Any Spam Message If no spam message is m
242. mail client 2 On the BitDefender antispam toolbar click the Wizard button to start the antispam configuration wizard Detailed information on this wizard is provided in section Antispam Configuration Wizard p 279 Click Next Select Skip this step and click Next Select Clear antispam filter database and click Next Select the folder containing legitimate messages and click Next NO Ww A W Select the folder containing SPAM messages and click Next Troubleshooting 310 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 8 Click Finish to start the training process 9 When training is completed click Close Ask for Help If this information was not helpful you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section Support p 316 35 4 2 Many Spam Messages Are Not Detected If you are receiving many spam messages that are not marked as Spam you must configure the BitDefender antispam filter so as to improve its efficiency If you are using one of the mail clients BitDefender integrates into try the following solutions one at a time 1 Indicate undetected spam messages This is used to train the Learning Engine Bayesian of the antispam filter and it usually improves antispam detection The Learning Engine analyzes the indicated messages and learns their patterns The next e mail messages that fit the same patterns will be marked as spam 2 Add spammers to the Spammers list The e mail messa
243. mmediately reboot your system If you want to reboot your system later just click OK We recommend that you reboot your system as soon as possible 13 2 2 Scanning with BitDefender To scan your computer for malware run a particular scan task by clicking the corresponding button or selecting it from the drop down menu The following table presents the available scan tasks along with their description Task Description System Scan Scans the entire system except for archives In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware other than rootkits My Documents Scan Use this task to scan important current user folders My Documents Desktop and StartUp This will ensure the safety of your documents a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup Deep System Scan Scans the entire system In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware threatening your system s security such as viruses spyware adware rootkits and others Custom Scan Use this task to choose specific files and folders to be scanned Note 9 Since the Deep System Scan and System Scan tasks analyze the entire system the scanning may take a while Therefore we recommend you to run these tasks on low priority or better when your system is idle When you run a System Scan Deep System Scan or My Documents Scan the Antivirus Scan wizard will appear Follow the three step guided procedure to complete Security 96 BitDef
244. mputer or printer was not automatically detected you can type its IP address in the Zone field U A WwW N 6 Select the Allow action 7 Click OK If you still cannot share files or a printer with the selected computer most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer Check for other potential causes such as the following e The firewall on the other computer may block file and printer sharing in unsecured public Wi Fi networks If the firewall is from a BitDefender 2009 or BitDefender 2010 product the same procedure must be followed on the other computer to allow file and printer sharing with your computer Troubleshooting 305 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 If the Windows Firewall is used it can be configured to allow file and printer sharing as follows open the Windows Firewall settings window Exceptions tab and select the File and Printer Sharing check box If another firewall program is used please refer to its documentation or help file General conditions that may prevent using or connecting to the shared printer You may need to log on to a Windows administrator account to access the shared printer Permissions are set for the shared printer to allow access to specific computer and users only If you are sharing your printer check the permissions set for the printer to see if the user on the other computer is allowed access to the printer If you are trying t
245. mputer to which you can connect a device Personal computers have various types of ports Internally there are several ports for connecting disk drives display screens and keyboards Externally personal computers have ports for connecting modems printers mice and other peripheral devices In TCP IP and UDP networks an endpoint to a logical connection The port number identifies what type of port it is For example port 80 is used for HTTP traffic 335 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Report file A file that lists actions that have occurred BitDefender maintains a report file listing the path scanned the folders the number of archives and files scanned how many infected and suspicious files were found Rootkit A rootkit is a set of software tools which offer administrator level access to a system The term was first used for the UNIX operating systems and it referred to recompiled tools which provided intruders administrative rights allowing them to conceal their presence so as not to be seen by the system administrators The main role of rootkits is to hide processes files logins and logs They may also intercept data from terminals network connections or peripherals if they incorporate the appropriate software Rootkits are not malicious in nature For example systems and even some applications hide critical files using rootkits However they are mostly used to hide malware or to conceal the presence of an i
246. ms of this License Agreement If BitDefender is an upgrade of a component of a package of software programs that you licensed as a single product BitDefender may be used and transferred only as part of that single product package and may not be separated for use by more than the total number of licensed users The terms and conditions of this license replace and supersede any previous agreements that may have existed between you and BITDEFENDER regarding the original product or the resulting upgraded product COPYRIGHT All rights titles and interest in and to BitDefender and all copyright rights in and to BitDefender including but not limited to any images photographs logos animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into BitDefender the accompanying printed materials and any copies of BitDefender are owned by BITDEFENDER BitDefender is protected by copyright laws and international treaty provisions Therefore you must treat BitDefender like any other copyrighted material You may not copy the printed materials accompanying BitDefender You must produce and include all copyright notices in their original form for all copies created irrespective of the media or form in which BitDefender exists You may not sub license rent sell lease or share the BitDefender license You may not reverse engineer recompile disassemble create derivative works modify translate or make any attempt to discover the source code for BitDe
247. n Select Actions Select the actions to be taken on the infected and suspect files detected The following options are available Action Description Take No Action No action will be taken on infected files These files will appear in the report file Disinfect files Remove the malware code from the infected files detected Delete files Deletes infected files immediately without any warning Wizards 59 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Action Description Move files to Quarantine Moves infected files into the quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears e Select the action to be taken on the hidden rootkits files The following options are available Action Description Take No Action No action will be taken on hidden files These files will appear in the report file Rename Changes the name of hidden files by appending bd ren to their name As a result you will be able to search for and find such files on your computer if any e Configure scanner aggressiveness There are 3 levels to choose from Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level Scan Level Description Permissive Only applications files are scanned and only for viruses The resource consumption level is low Default The resource consumption level is moderate All files are scanned for viruses and spyware Aggressive
248. n Advanced Mode gt Antivirus gt Virus Scan e To shut down the computer after scanning is completed select the Shut down the computer after scan finishes if no threats are found check box Click Next 11 2 5 Step 5 6 Scanning BitDefender will start scanning the selected objects Wizards 62 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Antivirus Scan Scan Status Current operation lt System gt gt HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWAR MICROSOFT OFFICE OFFICE1 1 SENDTO DLL Elapsed time 00 00 05 Files Second Scan Statistics Scanned items Skipped items Password protected items lt System gt gt HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE CLASSES INTERFACE 0006706F 0000 0000 Co00 o00000000046 PROXYSTUBCLSIDS2 gt C PROGRAM FILES MICROSOFT OFFICE OFFICE 1 SENDTO DLL Scanning Note The scanning process may take a while depending on the complexity of the scan You can click the scan progress icon in the system tray to open the scan window and see the scan progress 11 2 6 Step 6 6 View Results When BitDefender completes the scanning process the scan results will appear in a new window Wizards 63 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Results Summary Resolved items Unresolved items Password protected items ver compressed items Ignored items Failed items v No threats were found in the scanned folders The Antivirus scan has been completed These are the statistics
249. n issue that you do not want to be fixed just select the corresponding check box If you do so its status will change to Skip Note If you do not want to be notified about specific issues you must configure the tracking system accordingly as described in the next section To fix the selected issues click Start Some issues are fixed immediately For others a wizard helps you fix them The issues that this wizard helps you fix can be grouped into these main categories Disabled security settings Such issues are fixed immediately by enabling the respective security settings Preventive security tasks you need to perform An example of such a task is scanning your computer It is recommended that you scan your computer at least once a week BitDefender will automatically do that for you in most cases However if you have changed the scanning schedule or if the schedule is not completed you will be notified about this issue When fixing such issues a wizard helps you successfully complete the task Fixing Issues 38 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e System vulnerabilities BitDefender automatically checks your system for vulnerabilities and alerts you about them System vulnerabilities include the following weak passwords to Windows user accounts outdated software on your computer missing Windows updates Windows Automatic Updates is disabled When such issues are to be fixed the vulnerability
250. n overall action to be taken for each group of issues or you can select separate actions for each issue 3 You can see the results summary If you want to scan a certain directory only you can use one of the following alternatives Use the BitDefender Scanner for Unices BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 325 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 Double click the START SCANNER icon on the Desktop This will launch the BitDefender Scanner for Unices 2 Click Scanner a new window will appear 3 Select the directory you wish to scan and click Open to start scanning using the same wizard that appeared when you first booted Use the contextual menu browse your folders right click a file or directory and select Send to Then choose BitDefender Scanner Or you can issue the next command as root from a terminal The BitDefender Antivirus Scanner will start with the selected file or folder as default location to scan bdscan path to scan 38 4 How do I configure the Internet connection If you re in a DHCP network and you have an ethernet network card the Internet connection should already be detected and configured For a manual configuration follow the next steps 1 Double click the Network Connections shortcut on the Desktop The following window will appear Current state Online eth0 Please select modemlink ESTE netcardconfig LAN or wir eless acc gprsconnect Dial via cellphone GPRS pppoe
251. n the corresponding file If you want to skip this configuration step select Skip this step Click Next to continue Integration into Mail Clients 282 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 32 1 4 Step 4 6 Train Bayesian Filter with Legitimate Mail Train the Bayesian Filter on Existing E mails You can choose a specific Folder to be used by the Learning Bayesian Filter as reference for non spam S Outlook Express E Local Folders S 3 outbox 3 Sent Items E3 Deleted Items 3 Drafts v Include all subfolders iv Automatically add to Friends list when clicking on Not Spam C Skip this step Enable this option if you want to add to the friends lists the e mail addresses from where you received these e mails Train Bayesian Filter with Legitimate Mail Please select a folder that contains legitimate e mail messages These messages will be used to train the antispam filter There are two advanced options under the directory list Include all subfolders to include the subfolders to your selection Automatically add to Friends list to add the senders to the Friends list If you want to skip this configuration step select Skip this step Click Next to continue Integration into Mail Clients 283 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 32 1 5 Step 5 6 Train Bayesian Filter with Soam Train the Bayesian Filter on Existing E mails You can choose a spec
252. nal data BitDefender informs you that it will treat your personal data in accordance with current applicable legislation and as established in its Privacy Policy DATA COLLECTION Access to the website by the User and the acquisition of products and services and the use of tools or content via the website implies the processing of personal data Complying with legislation governing the processing of personal data and information society services and electronic commerce is of the utmost importance to BitDefender Sometimes to access products services contents or tools you will in some cases need to provide certain personal details BitDefender guarantees that such data will be treated confidentially and in accordance with legislation governing the protection of personal data and information society services and electronic commerce BitDefender complies with applicable data protection legislation and has taken the administrative and technical steps necessary to guarantee the security of the personal data that it collects You declare that all the data that you provide will be true and accurate and undertakes to inform BltDefender of any changes to said data You have the right to object to the processing of any of his or her data which is not essential for the execution of the agreement and to its use for any purpose other than the maintenance of the contractual relationship In the event that you provide the details of a third party BitDefend
253. ncluding scanning level can be defined Overview Here you can see information about the task name last run and schedule status and set the scan settings Choosing Scan Level You can easily configure the scan settings by choosing the scan level Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate scan level There are 3 scan levels Protection level Description Permissive Offers reasonable detection efficiency The resource consumption level is low Only programs are scanned for viruses Besides the classical signature based scan the heuristic analysis is also used Default Offers good detection efficiency The resource consumption level is moderate All files are scanned for viruses and spyware Besides the classical signature based scan the heuristic analysis is also used High Offers high detection efficiency The resource consumption level is high Antivirus 136 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 All files and archives are scanned for viruses and spyware Besides the classical signature based scan the heuristic analysis is also used A series of general options for the scanning process are also available e Run the task with Low priority Decreases the priority of the scan process You will allow other programs to run faster and increase the time needed for the scan process to finish e Minimize Scan Wizard to tray Minimizes the scan window to the system tray Double click the
254. nd Settings All Users Application Data BitDefender Desktop Profiles Logs deep_scan 1246268540_3_00 xml Scan registry keys Yes Scan cookies Yes Scan boot sectors Yes Scan memory processes Yes Scan archives Yes RARReae eee pted suspicous objects None tected objects Log only Done Ea d ty conser Aue Scan Log Example The scan log contains detailed information about the logged scanning process such as scanning options the scanning target the threats found and the actions taken on these threats 18 3 Objects Excluded from Scanning There are cases when you may need to exclude certain files from scanning For example you may want to exclude an EICAR test file from on access scanning or avi files from on demand scanning BitDefender allows excluding objects from on access or on demand scanning or from both This feature is intended to decrease scanning times and to avoid interference with your work Two types of objects can be excluded from scanning e Paths the file or the folder including all the objects it contains indicated by a specified path will be excluded from scanning Extensions all files having a specific extension will be excluded from scanning Antivirus 155 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note D The objects excluded from on access scanning will not be scanned no matter if they are accessed by you or by an application To see
255. nd for 30 days for registered versions More info http www bitdefender com why_register 8 Create a new account E mail address user account com Password eee Retype password Confirm password E mailing options Send me all messages z miisi Sign in previously created account O Register later registration is mandatory To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be Account Creation If you do not want to create a BitDefender account at the moment select Register later and click Finish Otherwise proceed according to your current situation e do not have a BitDefender account p 50 e already have a BitDefender account p 50 Registration and My Account 49 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 A Important You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender if you register it with a license key the deadline is extended to 30 days Otherwise BitDefender will no longer update do not have a BitDefender account To successfully create a BitDefender account follow these steps 1 2 Select Create a new account Type the required information in the corresponding fields The data you provide here will remain confidential E mail address type in your e mail address e Password type in a password for your BitDefender account The passwo
256. nd select the folder in which you would like BitDefender to be installed Click Next 5 Select options regarding the installation process Some of them will be selected by default e Open readme file to open the readme file at the end of the installation e Place a shortcut on the desktop to place a shortcut to BitDefender Internet Security 2010 on your desktop at the end of the installation Eject CD when installation is complete to have the CD ejected at the end of the installation this option appears when you install the product from the CD Disable DNS Caching to disable the DNS Domain Name System Caching The DNS Client service may be used by malicious applications to send information over the network without your consent e Turn off Windows Firewall to turn off Windows Firewall Installing BitDefender 6 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Important A We recommend you to turn off Windows Firewall since BitDefender Internet Security 2010 already includes an advanced firewall Running two firewalls on the same computer may cause problems e Turn off Windows Defender to turn off Windows Defender this option appears only on Windows Vista Click Install in order to begin the installation of the product If not already installed BitDefender will first install NET Framework 1 1 6 Wait until the installation is completed Click Finish You will be asked to restart your system so that the setup wiza
257. nect Traffic Connect Traffic Al Traffic Listen all Al Traffic Listen Al Connect Traffic Al Traffic Listen Action Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Deny Deny Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Allow Deny Allow Allow Allow Allow Advanced Rule Management You can see the firewall rules listed by the order they are checked in The table columns provide comprehensive information about each rule Firewall 228 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note When a connection attempt is made whether incoming or outgoing BitDefender applies the action of the first rule matching the respective connection Therefore the order by which rules are checked is very important To delete a rule select it and click the Delete rule button To edit an existing rule select it and click the Edit rule button or double click it You can increase or decrease the priority of a rule Click the Move Up In List button to increase the priority of the selected rule by one level or click the Move Down In List button to decrease the priority of the selected rule by one level To assign a rule the highest priority click the Move First button To assign a rule the lowest priority click the Move Last button Click Close to close the window 22 4 Connection Control To monitor the current network Internet
258. ng items Scanned files Indicates the number of files that were checked for malware at the time of your last scan Disinfected files Indicates the number of files that were disinfected at the time of your last scan Infected files Indicates the number of infected files that were found on detected your system at the time of your last scan Last system scan Indicates when your computer was last scanned If the last scan was performed more than a week before please General 115 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 scan your computer as soon as possible To scan the entire computer go to Antivirus Virus Scan tab and run either Full System Scan or Deep System Scan Next scan 17 1 3 Overview Indicates the next time when your computer is going to be scanned This is where you can see the update status your account status registration and license information Last update BitDefender account Registration Expires in 17 2 Settings Indicates when your BitDefender product was last updated Please perform regular updates in order to have a fully protected system Indicates the e mail address that you can use to access your on line account to recover your lost BitDefender license key and to benefit from BitDefender support and other customized services You must create a BitDefender account in order to activate your product To find out information about the BitDefender account please refer to Registration
259. ng to the vault you want to close Look for the drive letter you assigned to the vault when you opened it 3 Right click the respective virtual disk drive point to BitDefender File Vault and click Close You can also right click the bvd file representing the vault point to BitDefender File Vault and click Close BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window Note If several vaults are open you may want to use the BitDefender Expert Mode interface If you go to Encryption File Encryption tab you can see a table which provides information on the existing vaults This information includes whether the vault is open and if so the drive letter it was assigned 29 2 4 Add to File Vault Before you can add files or folders to a vault you must open the vault Once a vault is open you can easily store files or folders inside it using the contextual menu Right click the file or folder you want to copy to a vault point to BitDefender File Vault and click Add to File Vault e If only one vault is open the file or folder is copied directly to that vault f several vaults are open you will be prompted to choose the vault to copy the item to Select from the menu the drive letter corresponding to the desired vault and click OK to copy the item You can also use the virtual disk drive correspondin
260. nge the current password for the File Vault H Documents and Settings amirea My Documents Old Password New Password Confirm New Password The password must be at least 8 characters long Change the password for the selected vault Change Vault Password 3 Type the current password of the vault in the Old Password field 4 Type the new password of the vault in the New Password and Confirm New Password fields Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 273 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note The password must have at least 8 characters For a strong password use a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters numbers and special characters such as or 9 5 Click OK to change the password BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 274 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 30 Integration into Web Browsers BitDefender protects you against phishing attempts when you are surfing the Internet It scans the accessed web sites and alerts you if there are any phishing threats A White List of web sites that will not be scanned by BitDefender can be configured BitDefender integrates directly through an intuitive and easy to use toolbar into the following web browsers
261. ninstall and download the uninstall tool on your computer b Run the uninstall tool using administrator privileges c Restart your computer 2 Verify possible causes why installation failed Before you proceed to reinstall the product verify and remove possible conditions that may have caused the installation to fail a Check if you have any other security solution installed as they may disrupt the normal operation of BitDefender If this is the case we recommend you to remove all of the other security solutions and then reinstall BitDefender b You should also check if your system is infected Do any of the following e Use the BitDefender Rescue CD to scan your computer and remove any existing threats For more information please refer to BitDefender Rescue CD p 319 Open an Internet Explorer window go to www bitdefender com and run an online scan click the scan online button 3 Try again to install BitDefender It is recommended that you download and run the latest version of the installation file from www bitdefender com 4 If installation fails again contact BitDefender for support as described in Support p 316 35 2 BitDefender Services Are Not Responding This article helps you troubleshoot the BitDefender Services are not responding error You may encounter this error as follows e The BitDefender icon in the system tray is grayed out and a pop up informs you that the BitDefender services are
262. not responding e The BitDefender window indicates that the BitDefender services are not responding The error may be caused by one of the following conditions e an important update is being installed Troubleshooting 303 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e temporary communication errors between the BitDefender services some of the BitDefender services are stopped other security solutions running on your computer at the same time with BitDefender viruses on your system affect the normal operation of BitDefender To troubleshoot this error try these solutions 1 Wait a few moments and see if anything changes The error may be temporary 2 Restart the computer and wait a few moments until BitDefender is loaded Open BitDefender to see if the error persists Restarting the computer usually solves the problem 3 Check if you have any other security solution installed as they may disrupt the normal operation of BitDefender If this is the case we recommend you to remove all of the other security solutions and then reinstall BitDefender 4 lf the error persists there may be a more serious problem for example you may be infected with a virus that interferes with BitDefender Please contact BitDefender for support as described in section Support p 316 35 3 File and Printer Sharing in Wi Fi Wireless Network Does Not Work This article helps you troubleshoot the following problems with the BitDefender f
263. ns contain commands that enable you to pack a file so that it takes up less memory For example suppose you have a text file containing ten consecutive space characters Normally this would require ten bytes of storage However a program that packs files would replace the space characters by a special space series character followed by the number of spaces being replaced In this case the ten spaces would require only two bytes This is just one packing technique there are many more Path The exact directions to a file on a computer These directions are usually described by means of the hierarchical filing system from the top down The route between any two points such as the communications channel between two computers Phishing The act of sending an e mail to a user falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information that will be used for identity theft The e mail directs the user to visit a Web site where they are asked to update personal information such as passwords and credit card social security and bank account numbers that the legitimate organization already has The Web site however is bogus and set up only to steal the user s information Polymorphic virus A virus that changes its form with each file it infects Since they have no consistent binary pattern such viruses are hard to identify Port Glossary An interface on a co
264. nt data from your computer This is where BitDefender Rescue CD comes in handy To save your data from the computer to a removable device such as an USB memory stick just follow these steps 1 Put the BitDefender Rescue CD in the CD drive the memory stick into the USB drive and then restart the computer Note If you plug the memory stick at a later moment you have to mount the removable device by following these steps a Double click the Terminal Emulator shortcut on the Desktop b Type the following command mount media sdbl Please be aware that depending on your computer configuration it might be sdal instead of sdb1 2 Wait until BitDefender Rescue CD finishes booting The following window will appear BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 329 defender INNA Desktop Screen 3 Double click the partition where the data you want to save is located e g sda3 Note 9 When working with BitDefender Rescue CD you will deal with Linux type partition names So sdal will probably correspond to the C Windows type partition sda3 to F and sdb1 to the memory stick Important If the computer was not properly shut down it is possible that certain partitions were not mounted automatically To mount a partition follow these steps a Double click the Terminal Emulator shortcut on the Desktop b Type the following command mount media partition name 4 Browse your folders and open th
265. nt on the system The installer has detected BitDefender was previously installed on your system a previous BitDefender but the installation was not completely removed This version that was not condition blocks a new installation of BitDefender uninstalled properly To overcome this error and install BitDefender follow these steps 1 Go to www bitdefender com uninstall and download the uninstall tool on your computer Troubleshooting 301 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Description amp Solution 2 Run the uninstall tool using administrator privileges 3 Restart your computer 4 Start the setup wizard again to install BitDefender The BitDefender product is You are trying to install BitDefender on an unsupported not compatible with your operating system Please check the System operating system Requirements p 2 to find out the operating systems you can install BitDefender on If your operating system is Windows XP with Service Pack 1 or without any service pack you can install Service Pack 2 or higher and then run the setup wizard again The installation file is If you get such an error you are trying to run an designed for a different incorrect version of the installation file There are two type of processor versions of the BitDefender installation file one for 32 bit processors and the other for 64 bit processors To make sure you have the correct version for your system download the install
266. ntain 5 Click the Not Spam button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar normally located in the upper part of the mail client window This indicates to the Learning Engine that the selected message is not spam The e mail message will be moved to the Inbox folder The next e mail messages that fit the same patterns will no longer be marked as spam Decrease Antispam Protection Level To decrease the antispam protection level follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Antispam on the left side menu 3 Click the Status tab 4 Move the slider lower on the scale It is recommended to decrease protection by just one level and then wait enough time to evaluate the results If many legitimate e mail messages are still being marked as spam you can further decrease the protection level If you notice that many spam messages are not detected you should not decrease the protection level Retrain Learning Engine Bayesian Before training the Learning Engine Bayesian prepare a folder containing only SPAM messages and another one containing only legitimate messages The Learning Engine will analyze them and learn the characteristics that define the spam or legitimate messages that you usually receive In order for the training to be efficient there must be over 50 messages in each category To reset the Bayesian database and retrain the Learning Engine follow these steps 1 Open your
267. nterface access to the Home Network Management module This module enables you to manage other BitDefender products in your home network remotely C This computer is a laptop Select this option if you want to have the Laptop Mode enabled by default It ensures that the battery of your laptop will last longer by not performing tasks that require additional power To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Computer Description Select the options that apply to your computer e This computer is in a home network Select this option if you want to manage remotely from another computer the BitDefender product you installed on this computer An additional wizard step will allow you to configure the Home Network Management module This computer is a laptop Select this option if you want to have the Laptop Mode enabled by default While in Laptop Mode scheduled scan tasks are not Installing BitDefender 12 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 performed as they require more system resources and implicitly increase power consumption Click Next to continue 3 2 3 Step 3 Select User Interface BitDefender Internet Security 201 Configuration Wizard Choose the user type that best fits your requirements This step allows you to set how you want BitDefender to work and
268. ntermediate Mode p 89 part of this user guide Dashboard Displays the security status of your system and lets you reset the usage profile Security Displays the status of the security modules antivirus antiphishing firewall antispam IM encryption privacy vulnerability check and update modules together with the links to antivirus update and vulnerability check tasks Parental Displays the status of the Parental Control module Parental Control enables you to restrict your children s access to Internet and to specific applications File Vault Displays the status of the file vault together with links to the file vault Network Displays the BitDefender home network structure This is where you can perform various actions to configure and manage the BitDefender products installed in your home network In this way you can manage the security of your home network from a single computer Overview 26 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 In the upper right corner of the window you can see the Settings button It opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main settings of BitDefender For detailed information please refer to Configuring Basic Settings p 40 In the bottom right corner of the window you can find several useful links Link Description Buy Renew Opens a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender Internet Security 2010 product Regi
269. nternet Security 2010 System Hotspots to be monitored Antivirus Antispam Parental Control v Critical Windows Updates Z Regular Windows Updates OCT v Application Updates Firewall W Weak Password Encryption Game Laptop Mode Home Network Update Registration Automatic Vulnerability Checking Settings Select the check boxes corresponding to the system vulnerabilities you want to be regularly checked e Critical Windows Updates Regular Windows Updates Application Updates e Weak Passwords Note If you clear the check box corresponding to a specific vulnerability BitDefender will no longer notify you about the related issues Vulnerability 233 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 24 Encryption BitDefender offers encryption capabilities to protect your confidential documents and your instant messaging conversations through Yahoo Messenger and MSN Messenger 24 1 Instant Messaging IM Encryption By default BitDefender encrypts all your instant messaging chat sessions provided that Your chat partner has a BitDefender version installed that supports IM Encryption and IM Encryption is enabled for the instant messaging application used for chatting You and your chat partner use either Yahoo Messenger or Windows Live MSN Messenger Important A BitDefender will not encrypt a conversation if a chat partner uses a web base
270. nternet Security 2010 32 1 3 Step 3 6 Delete Bayesian Database Train the BitDefender Learning Bayesian Filter If the BitDefender Antispam is not working properly we recommend retraining the Bayesian filter In order to do so you have to wipe the previous filter C Clear Antispam filter database You can choose to save the Bayesian filter before deleting it Check this option only if the Antispam filter is very inaccurate In the Following steps you will be quided on how to retrain the Bayesian Learning Engine C Skip this step Click here to cancel the wizard and return to the previous operation Delete Bayesian Database You may find that your antispam filter has begun to lose efficiency This may be due to improper training i e you have mistakenly tagged a number of legitimate messages as Spam or vice versa If your filter is very inaccurate you may need to wipe the filter database and retrain the filter by following the next steps of this wizard Select Wipe antispam filter database if you want to reset the Bayesian database You can save the Bayesian database to a file so that you can use it with another BitDefender product or after reinstalling BitDefender To save the Bayesian database click the Save Bayes button and save it to the desired location The file will have a dat extension To load a previously saved Bayesian database click the Load Bayes button and ope
271. ntrol module monitors web HTTP IM instant messaging and e mail SMTP traffic flowing out of your computer For what might be personal information such as credit card numbers SSN s and other user defined strings e g bits of passwords This wizard will quide you through the steps required to create Identity Control rules It can also be accessed from BitDefender console Expert user interface gt Privacy Control window by clicking on the Add rule icon located in the upper area of the Identity Control tab Welcome Window Click Next Step 2 4 Set Rule Type and Data Personal information is encrypted and it cannot be used by anyone else but you For extra safety please enter just part of the information that you would like to protect e g if you want to filter traffic For this e mail address john doe example com you should only include john in the target string Enter the name of the rule in this area This is the way you will identify this Identity Control rule later on Set Rule Type and Data You must set the following parameters Privacy Control 202 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Rule Name type the name of the rule in this edit field e Rule Type choose the rule type address name credit card PIN SSN etc e Rule Data type the data you want to protect in this edit field For example if you want to pr
272. ntruder into the system When combined with malware rootkits pose a great threat to the integrity and the security of a system They can monitor traffic create backdoors into the system alter files and logs and avoid detection Script Another term for macro or batch file a script is a list of commands that can be executed without user interaction Spam Electronic junk mail or junk newsgroup postings Generally known as any unsolicited e mail Spyware Glossary Any software that covertly gathers user information through the user s Internet connection without his or her knowledge usually for advertising purposes Spyware applications are typically bundled as a hidden component of freeware or shareware programs that can be downloaded from the Internet however it should be noted that the majority of shareware and freeware applications do not come with spyware Once installed the spyware monitors user activity on the Internet and transmits that information in the background to someone else Spyware can also gather information about e mail addresses and even passwords and credit card numbers Spyware s similarity to a Trojan horse is the fact that users unwittingly install the product when they install something else A common way to become a victim of spyware is to download certain peer to peer file swapping products that are available today Aside from the questions of ethics and privacy spyware steals from the user by using the
273. nu On the File Encryption tab you can see and manage the existing file vaults and their content Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 269 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 29 2 1 Create Vault Keep in mind that a vault is actually just a file with the bvd extension Only when you open the vault a virtual disk drive appears in My Computer and you can safely store files inside it When creating a vault you must specify where and under which name to save it on your computer You must also specify a password to protect its content Only users who know the password can open the vault and access the documents and data stored inside it To create a vault follow these steps 1 Right click on your Desktop or in a folder on your computer point to BitDefender File Vault and select Create File Vault The following window will appear The File Vault full path on disk including the file name and extension Drive letter K W Password v Format Drive Confirm The password must be at least 8 characters long Vault size MB Creates a new File Vault Create File Vault 2 Specify the location and the name of the vault file e Click Browse select the location of the vault and save the vault file under the desired name e Just type the name of the vault in the corresponding field to create it in My Documents To open My Document
274. o 200000 words click on text to change Game Laptop Mode v Train the Learning Engine Bayesian on outgoing e mails 27 iv URL filter Home Network 7 NeuNet Heuristic Filter am v Block explicit content Update Image filter Registration Configure the Antispam settings Antispam Settings Three categories of options are available Antispam settings Basic Antispam filters and Advanced Antispam filters organized like an expandable menu similar to those from Windows Note D Click the box labeled to open a category or click the one labeled to close it To enable disable an option select clear the checkbox corresponding to it To apply the default settings click Default Click Apply to save the changes 19 3 1 Antispam Settings e Mark spam messages in subject all e mail messages considered to be spam will be tagged with SPAM in the subject line e Mark phishing messages in subject all e mail messages considered to be phishing messages will be tagged with SPAM in the subject line Antispam 178 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 19 3 2 Basic Antispam Filters e Enable Friends Spammers lists filter e mail messages using the Friends Spammers lists Automatically add recipients to Friends list automatically add recipients of sent mail to Friends list Automatically add t
275. o Friends list when you click the Not Spam button from the Antispam toolbar the sender of the selected e mail is automatically added to the Friends list gt Automatically add to Spammers list when you click the amp Is Spam button from the Antispam toolbar the sender of the selected e mail is automatically added to the Spammers list Note 9 The amp Not Spam and the Is Spam buttons are used to train the Bayesian filter e Block e mails written in Asian characters blocks messages written in Asian charsets Block e mails written in Cyrillic characters blocks messages written in Cyrillic charsets 19 3 3 Advanced Antispam Filters Enable the Learning Engine bayesian activates deactivates the Learning Engine bayesian Limit the dictionary size to 200000 words sets the size of the Bayesian dictionary smaller is faster bigger is more accurate Note The recommended size is 200 000 words Train the Learning Engine bayesian on outgoing e mails trains the Learning Engine bayesian on outgoing e mails URL filter activates deactivates the URL filter NeuNet Heuristic filter activates deactivates the NeuNet Heuristic filter Block explicit content activates deactivates the detection of messages with SEXUALLY EXPLICIT in the subject line Image filter activates deactivates the Image filter Antispam 179 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 20 Parental Control BitD
276. o as to minimize their impact on system performance While in Game Mode the following settings are applied e Minimize processor time amp memory consumption e Postpone automatic updates amp scans Eliminate all alerts and pop ups Overview 33 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Scan only the most important files While in Game Mode you can see the letter G over the BitDefender icon Using Game Mode By default BitDefender automatically enters Game Mode when you start a game from the BitDefender s list of known games or when an application goes to full screen BitDefender will automatically return to the normal operation mode when you close the game or when the detected application exits full screen If you want to manually turn on Game Mode use one of the following methods e Right click the BitDefender icon in the system tray and select Turn on Game Mode e Press Ctrl Shift Alt G the default hotkey Important Do not forget to turn Game Mode off when you finish To do this use the same methods you did when you turned it on Changing Game Mode Hotkey If you want to change the hotkey follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Game Laptop Mode on the left side menu 3 Click the Game Mode tab 4 Click the Advanced Settings button 5 Under the Use HotKey option set the desired hotkey Choose the modifier keys you want to use by checking one the follo
277. o connect to a shared printer check with the user on the other computer if you have permission to connect to the printer The printer connected to your computer or to the other computer is not shared The shared printer is not added on the computer Note 9 To learn how to manage printer sharing share a printer set or remove permissions for a printer connect to a network printer orto a shared printer go to the Windows Help and Support Center in the Start menu click Help and Support If you still cannot access the Wi Fi network printer most likely this is not caused by the BitDefender firewall on your computer Access to the Wi Fi network printer may be restricted to specific computers or users only You should check with the administrator of the Wi Fi network if you have permission to connect to that printer If you suspect the problem is with the BitDefender firewall you can contact BitDefender for support as described in section Support p 316 35 3 2 Safe Network Solution It is recommended that you use this solution only for home or office Wi Fi networks To configure the BitDefender firewall to allow file and printer sharing with the entire Wi Fi network follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Firewall on the left side menu 3 Click the Network tab 4 In the Network Configuration table Trust Level column click the arrow v in the cell corresponding to
278. o it Integration into Web Browsers 276 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 You can add the sites that you fully trust to the White List so that they will not be scanned by the antiphishing engines anymore To add a site to the White List provide its address in the corresponding field and click Add e Report as Phishing informs the BitDefender Lab that you consider the respective web site to be used for phishing By reporting phished web sites you help protect other people against identity theft Help opens the help file About opens a window where you can see information about BitDefender and where to look for help in case something unexpected appears Integration into Web Browsers 271 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 31 Integration into Instant Messenger Programs BitDefender offers encryption capabilities to protect your confidential documents and your instant messaging conversations through Yahoo Messenger and MSN Messenger By default BitDefender encrypts all your instant messaging chat sessions provided that e Your chat partner has a BitDefender version installed that supports IM Encryption and IM Encryption is enabled for the instant messaging application used for chatting You and your chat partner use either Yahoo Messenger or Windows Live MSN Messenger Important BitDefender will not encrypt a conversation if a chat partner uses a web based chat application such as Meebo or another ch
279. omputer using these important protection controls Privacy Control 198 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Identity Control protects your confidential data by filtering all outgoing web HTTP e mail SMTP and instant messaging traffic according to the rules you create in the Identity section Registry Control asks for your permission whenever a program tries to modify a registry entry in order to be executed at Windows start up Cookie Control asks for your permission whenever a new website tries to set a cookie e Script Control asks for your permission whenever a website tries to activate a script or other active content At the bottom of the section you can see the Privacy Control statistics 21 1 1 Configuring Protection Level You can choose the protection level that better fits your security needs Drag the slider along the scale to set the appropriate protection level There are 3 protection levels Protection level Description Permissive All protection controls are disabled Default Only Identity Control is enabled Aggressive Identity Control Registry Control Cookie Control and Script Control are enabled You can customize the protection level by clicking Custom level In the window that will appear select the protection controls you want to enable and click OK Click Default Level to position the slider at the default level 21 2 Identity Control Keeping confidential data safe is an
280. on Local Address IP Zany Port s Z Any y Remote Address IP s vi ny Port s v any Apply this rule only for directly connected computers li Check process parent chain for the original event Advanced Parameters You can configure the following advanced parameters Direction Select from the menu the traffic direction the rule applies to Direction Description Outbound The rule applies only for the outgoing traffic Inbound The rule applies only for the incoming traffic Both The rule applies in both directions IP version Select from the menu the IP version IPv4 IPv6 or any the rule applies to e Local Address Specify the local IP address and port the rule applies to as follows If you have more than one network adapters you can clear the Any check box and type a specific IP address If you have selected TCP or UDP as protocol you can set a specific port or a range between 0 and 65535 If you want the rule to apply to all ports select Any Remote Address Specify the remote IP address and port the rule applies to as follows Firewall 227 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 To filter traffic between your computer and a specific computer clear the Any check box and type its IP address If you have selected TCP or UDP as protocol you can set a specific port or a range between 0 and 6553
281. on click the box next to the respective application You can learn detailed information about each rule as indicated by the table columns Process Adapter Types the process and the network adapter types the rule applies to Rules are automatically created to filter network or Internet access Firewall 222 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 through any adapter You can manually create rules or edit existing rules to filter an application s network or Internet access through a specific adapter for example a wireless network adapter Command Line the command used to start the process in the Windows command line interface cmd Protocol the IP protocol the rule applies to You may see one of the following Any TCP UDP A number Includes all IP protocols Transmission Control Protocol TCP enables two hosts to establish a connection and exchange streams of data TCP guarantees delivery of data and also guarantees that packets will be delivered in the same order in which they were sent User Datagram Protocol UDP is an IP based transport designed for high performance Games and other video based applications often use UDP Represents a specific IP protocol other than TCP and UDP You can find the complete list of assigned IP protocol numbers at www iana org assignments protocol numbers e Network Events the network events the rule applies to The following events may be taken into account Event
282. ons are available Action Description Take no action Only log the infected files that are encrypted using Windows After the scan is completed you can open the scan log to view information on these files Disinfect files Remove the malware code from the infected files detected Disinfection may fail in some cases such as when the infected file is inside specific mail archives Delete files Immediately remove infected files from the disk without any warning Move files to Quarantine Move infected files from their original location to the quarantine folder Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Antivirus 141 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Action to take when an encrypted suspect file is found Select the action to be taken on suspicious files that are encrypted using Windows The following options are available Action Description Take no action Only log the suspicious files that are encrypted using Windows After the scan is completed you can open the scan log to view information on these files Delete files Deletes suspicious files immediately without any warning Move files to Quarantine Moves suspicious files into the quarantine Quarantined files cannot be executed or opened therefore the risk of getting infected disappears Action to take when a password protected file is found Select the action to be taken on the password protected fi
283. or known threats when you open it and an e mail message when you receive one o Note Real time protection is also referred to as on access scanning files are scanned as the users access them e On demand scanning allows detecting and removing the malware that already resides in the system This is the classic scan initiated by the user you choose what drive folder or file BitDefender should scan and BitDefender scans it on demand The scan tasks allow you to create customized scanning routines and they can be scheduled to run on a regular basis 18 1 Real time Protection BitDefender provides continuous real time protection against a wide range of malware threats by scanning all accessed files e mail messages and the communications through Instant Messaging Software applications ICQ NetMeeting Yahoo Messenger MSN Messenger BitDefender Antiphishing prevents you from disclosing personal information while browsing the Internet by alerting you about potential phishing web pages To configure real time protection and BitDefender Antiphishing go to Antivirus gt Shield in Expert Mode Antivirus 121 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 m virusscan Fadusons o Quarantine Real time protection is enabled Last system scan never innen Parental Control Protection Level iiac Control Aggressive DEFAULT Standard security low use of resources Firewall Scans all files Default Scans incom
284. or when the system is idle so as not to interfere with your work 18 2 1 Scan Tasks BitDefender comes with several tasks created by default which cover common security issues You can also create your own customized scan tasks Each task has a Properties window that allows you to configure the task and to see the scan results For more information please refer to Configuring Scan Tasks p 135 Antivirus 132 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 There are three categories of scan tasks e System tasks contains the list of default system tasks The following tasks are available Default Task Description Deep System Scan Scans the entire system In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware threatening your system s security such as viruses spyware adware rootkits and others System Scan Scans the entire system except for archives In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware threatening your system s security such as viruses spyware adware rootkits and others Quick System Scan Scans the Windows and Program Files folders In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware except for rootkits but it does not scan memory the registry or cookies Auto logon Scan Scans the items that are run when a user logs on to Windows By default the autologon scan is disabled If you want to use this task right click it select Schedule and set the task to run at syst
285. ork in Safe Mode This is why most viruses are inactive when using Windows in Safe Mode and they can be easily removed To start Windows in Safe Mode restart your computer and press the F8 key until the Windows Advanced Options Menu appears You can choose between several options of starting Windows in Safe Mode You might want to select Safe Mode with Networking in order to be able to access the Internet Note For more information on Safe Mode go to the Windows Help and Support Center in the Start menu click Help and Support You can also find useful information by searching the Internet 33 4 Using Scan Activity Bar The Scan activity bar is a graphic visualization of the scanning activity on your system This small window is by default available only in Expert Mode You can use the Scan activity bar to quickly scan files and folders Drag amp drop the file or folder you want to be scanned onto the Scan activity bar Follow the Antivirus scan Activity Bar Scan wizard to complete the scan Note o For more information please refer to Scan Activity Bar p 30 How to Scan Files and Folders 297 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 34 How to Schedule Computer Scan Scanning your computer periodically is a best practice to keep your computer free from malware BitDefender allows you to schedule scan tasks so that you can automatically scan your computer To schedule BitDefender to scan your computer
286. ose the window without saving the changes click Cancel Configuring Basic Settings 40 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 8 1 User Interface Settings In this area you can switch the user interface view mode and reset the usage profile Switching the user interface view mode As described in section User Interface View Modes p 22 there are three modes for displaying the user interface Each user interface mode is designed for a specific category of users based on their computer skills In this way the user interface accommodates all kinds of users from computer beginners to very technical people The first button shows the current user interface view mode To change the user interface mode click the arrow ks on the button and select the desired mode from the menu Mode Description Novice Mode Suited for computer beginners and people who want BitDefender to protect their computer and data without being bothered This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side All you have to do is fix the existing issues when indicated by BitDefender An intuitive step by step wizard assists you in fixing issues Additionally you can perform common tasks such as updating the BitDefender virus signature and product files or scanning the computer Intermediate Mode Aimed at users with average computer skills this mode extends what you can do in Novice Mode You can fix issues separately and choose whi
287. otect your credit card number type all or part of it here Note If you enter less than three characters you will be prompted to validate the data We recommend you to enter at least three characters in order to avoid the mistaken blocking of messages and web pages All of the data you enter is encrypted For extra safety do not enter all of the data you wish to protect Click Next Step 3 4 Select Traffic Types and Users Scanning protocols Choose for which user s you want to apply this rule m Scan web HTTP traffic amp Only for me current user Scan e mail SMTP traffic Limited user accounts v Scan IM instant messaging traffic All users v Match whole words Match Case Web HTTP traffic and IM traffic containing your personal information will be blocked Check this to enable scanning for HTTP traffic Select Traffic Types and Users Select the type of traffic you want BitDefender to scan The following options are available Scan Web HTTP traffic scans the HTTP web traffic and blocks the outgoing data that matches the rule data Scan e mail SMTP traffic scans the SMTP mail traffic and blocks the outgoing e mail messages that contain the rule data e Scan IM Instant Messaging traffic scans the Instant Messaging traffic and blocks the outgoing chat messages that contain the rule data Privacy Control 203 BitDefender Internet Secu
288. otten your password click Forgot your password and follow the instructions 3 Optionally BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e mail address of your account Select one of the available options from the menu e Send me all messages e Send me only product related messages Don t send me any messages 4 Click Sign in 5 Click Finish to complete the wizard 10 3 Purchasing License Keys If the trial period is going to end soon you must purchase a license key and register your product Open BitDefender and click the Buy Renew link located at the bottom of the window The link takes you to a web page where you can purchase a license key for your BitDefender product 10 4 Renewing Your License As a BitDefender customer you are eligible for a discount when renewing the license of your BitDefender product You may also upgrade your product to the current version at a special discount or free of charge If your current license key is going to expire soon you must renew your license Open BitDefender and click the Buy Renew link located at the bottom of the window The link takes you to a web page where you can renew your license Registration and My Account 51 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 11 Wizards In order to make BitDefender very easy to use several wizards help you carry out specific security tasks or configure more complex product settings This chapter describes the wizar
289. ou want to be scanned and drop it over the Scan Activity Bar as shown below Drag File Drop File The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process Scanning options The scanning options are pre configured for the best detection results If infected files are detected BitDefender will try to disinfect them remove the malware code If disinfection fails the Antivirus Scan wizard will allow you to specify other actions to be taken on infected files The scanning options are standard and you cannot change them 6 4 2 Disable Restore Scan Activity Bar When you no longer want to see the graphic visualization just right click it and select Hide To restore the Scan activity bar follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender 2 Click the Settings button in the upper right corner of the window Overview 31 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 In the General Settings category select the check box corresponding to Scan Activity Bar 4 Click OK to save and apply the changes 6 5 BitDefender Manual Scan BitDefender Manual Scan lets you scan a specific folder or hard disk partition without having to create a scan task This feature was designed to be used when Windows is running in Safe Mode If your system is infected with a resilient virus you can try to remove the virus by starting Windows in Safe Mode and scanning each hard disk partition using BitDefender Manual Scan To a
290. ow to start and stop the BitDefender Rescue CD scan your computer for malware as well as save data from your compromised Windows PC to a removable device However by using the software applications that come with the CD you can do many tasks the description of which goes far beyond the scope of this user s guide 38 1 Start BitDefender Rescue CD To start the CD set up the BIOS of your computer to boot off the CD put the CD in the drive and reboot the computer Make sure that your computer can boot from CD Wait until the next screen shows up and follow the on screen instructions to start BitDefender Rescue CD Start knoppix in console mode Memory tes Boot from first hard disk BitDefender Rescue CD based on Knoppix 58defender www hitdefender com Boot Splash Screen At boot time the update of the virus signatures is made automatically This may take a while When the boot process has finished you will see the next desktop You may now start using BitDefender Rescue CD BitDefender Rescue CD Howto 323 defender INNA The Desktop 38 2 Stop BitDefender Rescue CD You can safely shut down your computer by selecting Exit from the BitDefender Rescue CD contextual menu right click DITS to open it or by issuing the halt command in a terminal EMI Terminal as root Apps Backup and Recover Security Net Admin Lo Choose EXIT When BitDefender Rescue
291. owercase letters numbers and special characters such as or You can search the Internet for more information and tips on creating strong passwords Click OK to change the password Click Next 11 3 6 Step 6 6 View Results BitDefender Vulnerability Check Wizard Results The vulnerability check process has been run successfully but no updates were installed It is strongly recommended that you keep your computer updated to the latest version of OS and applications has computer updated to the latest version of OS and applications Results Click Close 11 4 File Vault Wizards The File Vault wizards help you create and manage BitDefender file vaults A file vault is an encrypted storage space on your computer where you can securely store important files documents and even entire folders Wizards 70 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 11 4 These wizards do not appear when you fix issues because file vaults are an optional method of protecting your data They can only be started from the Intermediate Mode interface of BitDefender the File Storage tab as follows e Add File to Vault starts the wizard that allows you to store your important files documents privately by encrypting them in special vaulted drives Remove Vault Files starts the wizard that allows you to erase data from the file vault e View File Vault starts the wizard that allows you to vie
292. ownloads the applet from a server and runs it on the user s machine the client Applets differ from applications in that they are governed by a strict security protocol For example even though applets run on the client they cannot read or write data onto the client s machine Additionally applets are further restricted so that they can only read and write data from the same domain that they are served from Macro virus A type of computer virus that is encoded as a macro embedded in a document Many applications such as Microsoft Word and Excel support powerful macro languages These applications allow you to embed a macro in a document and have the macro execute each time the document is opened Mail client An e mail client is an application that enables you to send and receive e mail Memory Internal storage areas in the computer The term memory identifies data storage that comes in the form of chips and the word storage is used for memory that Glossary 334 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 exists on tapes or disks Every computer comes with a certain amount of physical memory usually referred to as main memory or RAM Non heuristic This method of scanning relies on specific virus signatures The advantage of the non heuristic scan is that it is not fooled by what might seem to be a virus and does not generate false alarms Packed programs A file in a compression format Many operating systems and applicatio
293. ows Contextual Menu This is the easiest and recommended way to scan a file or folder on your computer Right click the object you want to scan and select Scan with BitDefender from the menu Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan Typical situations when you would use this scanning method include the following e You suspect a specific file or folder to be infected e Whenever you download from the Internet files that you think they might be dangerous Scan a network share before copying files to your computer 33 2 Using Scan Tasks If you want to scan your computer or specific folders regularly you should consider using scan tasks Scan tasks instruct BitDefender what locations to scan and which scanning options and actions to apply Moreover you can schedule them to run on a regular basis or at a specific time To scan your computer using scan tasks you must open the BitDefender interface and run the desired scan task Depending on the user interface view mode different steps are to be followed to run the scan task Running Scan Tasks in Novice Mode In Novice Mode you can only run a standard scan of the entire computer by clicking Scan Now Follow the Antivirus Scan wizard to complete the scan How to Scan Files and Folders 294 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Running Scan Tasks in Intermediate Mode In Intermediate Mode you can run a number of pre configured scan tasks You can also configure
294. pe of malicious applications records your keystrokes and sends them over the Internet to a malicious person hacker The hacker can find out sensitive information from the stolen data such as bank account numbers and passwords and use it to gain personal benefits Supposing such an application manages to avoid antivirus detection it cannot send the stolen data by e mail web or instant messages if you have created appropriate identity protection rules Identity Control can protect you from phishing attempts attempts to steal personal information The most common phishing attempts make use of a deceiving e mail to trick you into submitting personal information on a fake web page For example you may receive an e mail claiming to be from your bank and requesting you to urgently update your bank account information The e mail provides you with a link to the web page where you must provide your personal information Although they seem to be legitimate the e mail and the web page the misleading link directs you to are fake If you click the link in the e mail and submit your personal information on the fake web page you will disclose this information to the malicious persons who organized the phishing attempt If appropriate identity protection rules are in place you cannot submit personal information such as your credit card number on a web page unless you have explicitly defined an exception for the respective web page To configure
295. plication click OK T His ercar Select the Rememeber this action for this Application E Munci mides nidas 32 mdeicar exe application check box before making your choice and BitDefender will take the same action for the detected application in the future The rule that is Remember this action for this sontcation thus created will be listed in the table under Exclusions BitDefender detected this application as possibly malicious based on its behavior If this is a known and trusted application click Allow IF not click OK BitDefender AVC Alert To configure the Active Virus Control click BD AVC Settings v Active Virus Control is enabled Critical Select this option and the detection rate of the BitDefender AVC will be set to high showing more alerts possibly including False positives clean applications Default detected as malicious Medium Permissive Exclusions Path Action E Scripts Wks_all_tests tools MDSTool_v2 exe Allowed E Scripts Wks_all_tests vbapi exe Allowed E Scripts Wks_all_tests vbapimsvc 32 ybapimsvc32 exe Allowed E Scripts Wks_all_tests vbapimsvc 64 ybapimsvc64 exe Allowed WJ Alert me before taking an action The Active Virus Control Feature is enabled and it is monitoring running processes BitDefender AVC Settings Select the corresponding check box to enable Active Virus Control Antivirus
296. pp TCR Local Address Any IP DHCP Client Any IP DHCP Server Any IP 1024 65535 Any IP 1024 65535 Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP DNS Any IP DNS Any IP 1024 65535 Any IP Any Port Any IP NTP 1024 Any IP RPC Any IP 1900 2177 Any IP 2177 3390 Any IP RDP Any IP Any Port Any IP NetBIOS NS Any IP Any Port Any IP L2TP IKE Any IP PPTP Remote Address Any IP DHCP Server Any IP DHCP Client Any IP DNS Any IP DNS Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP 1024 65535 Any IP 1024 65535 Any IP RPC Any IP HTTP HTTPS Any IP NTP Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP Any Port Any IP 1024 65535 Any IP Any Port Any IP NetBIOS NS Any IP NetBIOS S Any IP 1024 65535 Any IP 1024 65535 IP Version Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any 1Pv4 1Pv6 Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Any Direction Both Both Network Events Al Al Connect Traffic Al All Al Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic Traffic Al Traffic Listen Con
297. puter Click Reboot to immediately reboot your system If you want to reboot your system later just click OK We recommend that you reboot your system as soon as possible 14 2 2 Scanning with BitDefender To scan your computer for malware run a particular scan task by clicking the corresponding button The following table presents the available scan tasks along with their description System Scan Scans the entire system except for archives In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware other than rootkits Deep System Scan Scans the entire system In the default configuration it scans for all types of malware threatening your system s security such as viruses spyware adware rootkits and others Note Since the Deep System Scan and Full System Scan tasks analyze the entire system the scanning may take a while Therefore we recommend you to run these tasks on low priority or better when your system is idle When you run a scan the Antivirus Scan wizard will appear Follow the three step guided procedure to complete the scanning process For detailed information about this wizard please refer to Antivirus Scan Wizard p 52 Parental 100 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 15 File Vault BitDefender comes with a File Vault module that helps you keep your data not only safe but confidential To achieve this goal use file encryption With this feature you can protect files by placing th
298. r You can easily scan files folders and even entire hard drives using the Windows contextual menu Right click the object you want to scan and select Scan with BitDefender from the menu The Antivirus Scan wizard will appear and guide you through the scanning process Scanning options The scanning options are pre configured for the best detection results If infected files are detected BitDefender will try to disinfect them remove the malware code If disinfection fails the Antivirus Scan wizard will allow you to specify other actions to be taken on infected files If you want to change the scanning options follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Antivirus on the left side menu Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 268 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 Click the Virus Scan tab 4 Right click the Contextual Scan task and select Open A window will appear 5 Click Custom and configure the scanning options as needed To find out what an option does keep the mouse over it and read the description displayed at the bottom of the window 6 Click OK to save the changes 7 Click OK to confirm and apply the new scanning options Important You should not change the scanning options of this scanning method unless you have a strong reason to do so 29 2 BitDefender File Vault BitDefender File Vault helps you securely store your confidential documents on your compu
299. r com why_register 8 Create a new account E mal address uerBaccoubcom password nisu Retype password conim password E mailing options sena me all messages a Sign in previously created account Register later registration is mandatory To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Account Creation If you do not want to create a BitDefender account at the moment select Register later and click Finish Otherwise proceed according to your current situation do not have a BitDefender account p 9 e already have a BitDefender account p 10 A Important A You must create an account within 15 days after installing BitDefender if you register it with a license key the deadline is extended to 30 days Otherwise BitDefender will no longer update do not have a BitDefender account To successfully create a BitDefender account follow these steps 1 Select Create a new account 2 Type the required information in the corresponding fields The data you provide here will remain confidential e E mail address type in your e mail address e Password type in a password for your BitDefender account The password must be between 6 and 16 characters long Installing BitDefender 9 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Re type passwo
300. r Internet Security 2010 21 5 Script Control Scripts and other codes such as ActiveX controls and Java applets which are used to create interactive web pages can be programmed to have harmful effects ActiveX elements for example can gain total access to your data and they can read data from your computer delete information capture passwords and intercept messages while you re online You should only accept active content from sites you fully know and trust BitDefender lets you choose to run these elements or to block their execution With Script Control you will be in charge of which websites you trust and which you don t BitDefender will ask you for permission whenever a website tries to activate a script or other active content You can see the name of the resource Click Yes or No and a rule will be created applied and listed in the rules table e Internet Explorer Location h program files internet explorer iexplore exe Question This program received active content Activex Java Applet Script from coding derkeiler com through an web HTTP service Do you want to allow this program to store it locally Allow this script to be stored and run only if the website is a trusted one Script Alert To configure Script Control go to Privacy Control gt Script in Expert Mode Privacy Control 212 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 a a ERN n V
301. rd type in again the previously specified password Note 9 Once the account is activated you can use the provided e mail address and password to log in to your account at http myaccount bitdefender com 3 Optionally BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e mail address of your account Select one of the available options from the menu Send me all messages e Send me only product related messages Don t send me any messages 4 Click Create 5 Click Finish to complete the wizard 6 Activate your account Before being able to use your account you must activate it Check your e mail and follow the instructions in the e mail message sent to you by the BitDefender registration service already have a BitDefender account BitDefender will automatically detect if you have previously registered a BitDefender account on your computer In this case provide the password of your account and click Sign in Click Finish to complete the wizard If you already have an active account but BitDefender does not detect it follow these steps to register the product to that account 1 Select Sign in previously created account 2 Type the e mail address and the password of your account in the corresponding fields Note If you have forgotten your password click Forgot your password and follow the instructions 3 Optionally BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using
302. rd must be between 6 and 16 characters long e Re type password type in again the previously specified password Note 9 Once the account is activated you can use the provided e mail address and password to log in to your account at http myaccount bitdefender com Optionally BitDefender can inform you about special offers and promotions using the e mail address of your account Select one of the available options from the menu e Send me all messages e Send me only product related messages e Don t send me any messages 4 Click Create 5 Click Finish to complete the wizard 6 Activate your account Before being able to use your account you must alrea activate it Check your e mail and follow the instructions in the e mail message sent to you by the BitDefender registration service dy have a BitDefender account BitDefender will automatically detect if you have previously registered a BitDefender a C ccount on your computer In this case provide the password of your account and lick Sign in Click Finish to complete the wizard If you already have an active account but BitDefender does not detect it follow these steps to register the product to that account 1 Select Sign in previously created account Registration and My Account 50 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 N Type the e mail address and the password of your account in the corresponding fields Note oO If you have forg
303. rd can complete the installation process We recommend doing so as soon as possible A Important a After completing the installation and restarting the computer a registration wizard and a configuration wizard will appear Complete these wizards in order to register and configure BitDefender Internet Security 2010 and to create a BitDefender account If you have accepted the default settings for the installation path you can see in Program Files a new folder named BitDefender which contains the subfolder BitDefender 2010 3 1 Registration Wizard The first time you start your computer after installation a registration wizard will appear The wizard helps you register BitDefender and configure a BitDefender account You MUST create a BitDefender account in order to receive BitDefender updates The BitDefender account also gives you access to free technical support and special offers and promotions If you loose your BitDefender license key you can log in to your account at http myaccount bitdefender com to retrieve it Note If you do not want to follow this wizard click Cancel You can open the registration wizard anytime you want by clicking the Register link located at the bottom of the user interface Installing BitDefender 7 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 1 1 Step 1 2 Register BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Registration Wizard BitDefender Registration 1 want to evaluate BitDefender
304. rder to protect your computer against the latest threats Also immediately after the update is completed BitDefender will scan the files from the Windows and Program Files folders to make sure they are not infected These folders contain files of the operating system and of installed applications and they are usually the first to be infected e Run a System Scan every day at 2 AM sets BitDefender to perform a standard scan of your computer every day at 2 AM To change the time when the scan is run click the menu and select the desired start time If the computer is shut down when the schedule is due the scan will run the next time you start your computer Note If you later want to change the time when the scan is scheduled to run follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode 2 Click Antivirus on the left side menu Installing BitDefender 16 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 Click the Virus Scan tab 4 Right click the System Scan task and select Schedule A new window will appear 5 Change the frequency and the start time as needed 6 Click OK to save the changes We recommend that you have these options enabled before moving on to the next step in order to ensure the security of your system Click Next to continue If you clear the first check box there are no tasks to be performed in the last step of the wizard Click Finish to complete the wizard 3 2 7 Step 7 Finish
305. res By default BitDefender checks for updates when you turn on your computer and every hour after that However if you want to update BitDefender just click Update Now The update process will be initiated and the following window will appear immediately BitDefender Update BitDefender will check for newer files and update them automatically Please make sure that you have an internet connection before performing this task It is highly recommended to keep BitDefender updated to ensure the security of your system Status Last update installed successfully Total update 22KB Downloaded 22KB 7 Last update installed successfully update default help Updating BitDefender In this window you can see the status of the update process Security 95 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 The update process is performed on the fly meaning that the files to be updated are replaced progressively In this way the update process will not affect product operation and at the same time all vulnerabilities will be excluded If you want to close this window just click Cancel However this will not stop the update process Note If you are connected to the Internet through a dial up connection then it is recommended to regularly update BitDefender by user request Restart the computer if required In case of a major update you will be asked to restart your computer Click Reboot to i
306. rity 2010 You can choose to apply the rule only if the rule data matches whole words or if the rule data and the detected string case match Specify the users for which the rule applies Only for me current user the rule will apply only to your user account Limited user accounts the rule will apply to you and all limited Windows accounts All users the rule will apply to all Windows accounts Click Next Step 4 4 Describe Rule Rule Description Enter a description for this rule The description should help you or other administrators identify with more ease what information you configured to be blocked Enter the rule description here The wizard will not allow you to enter here the data you want to protect Describe Rule Enter a short description of the rule in the edit field Since the blocked data character string is not displayed in plain text when accessing the rule the description should help you easily identify it Click Finish The rule will appear in the table 21 2 2 Defining Exclusions There are cases when you need to define exceptions to specific identity rules Let s consider the case when you create a rule that prevents your credit card number from being sent over HTTP web Whenever your credit card number is submitted on a website from your user account the respective page is blocked If you want for example to buy footwear from an
307. rity 2010 characteristics of SPAM The result is that it will add a Spam score to the e mail too Note If the e mail is tagged as SEXUALLY EXPLICIT in the subject line BitDefender will consider it SPAM The Bayesian filter module will further analyze the message according to statistical information regarding the rate at which specific words appear in messages classified SPAM as compared to those declared NON SPAM by you or by the heuristic filter A Spam score will be added to the e mail If the aggregate score URL score heuristic score Bayesian score exceeds the SPAM score for a message set by the user in the Status section as a tolerance level the message is considered SPAM 19 1 3 Antispam Updates Every time you perform an update e new image signatures will be added to the Image filter new links will be added to the URL filter e new rules will be added to the NeuNet Heuristic filter This will help increase the effectiveness of your Antispam engine To protect you against spammers BitDefender can perform automatic updates Keep the Automatic Update option enabled 19 2 Status To configure the Antispam protection go to Antispam Status in Expert Mode Antispam 171 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 19 2 P wl Antispam is enabled Spammers list O item s Manage Spammers Parental Control Privacy Control ere Aggressive MODERATE TO AGGRESSIVE nN T
308. rized websites for example the website of a BitDefender partner or an online shop You can download the installation file from the BitDefender website at the following address http www bitdefender com site Downloads To install BitDefender from the CD insert the CD into the drive A welcome screen should be displayed in a few moments Follow the instructions to start installation If the welcome screen does not appear follow this path Products InternetSecurity install en from the CD s root directory and double click runsetup exe To install BitDefender using the installation file downloaded on your computer locate the file and double click it The installer will first check your system to validate the installation If the installation is validated the setup wizard will appear The following image shows the setup wizard steps 18 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Setup Welcome to Internet Se Wizard Typical 19 Instalsthe most common program features Recommended for mos users Custom Allows the user to configure the instalation options and the instalation path Recommended for advanced users C curity 2010 Set Clck Next to continue the installation You can stop the nter ity 2010 Setup clicking Cancel Clck Browse to change the installation drectory of BO i Completing the BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Setup Wizard Installation location C Program Fies eitDefender
309. roxy settings Proxy Detected at Install Time proxy settings detected on the administrator s account during installation and which can be configured only if you are logged Update 260 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 on to that account If the proxy server requires a username and a password you must specify them in the corresponding fields Default Browser Proxy proxy settings of the current user extracted from the default browser If the proxy server requires a username and a password you must specify them in the corresponding fields Note 9 The supported web browsers are Internet Explorer Mozilla Firefox and Opera If you use another browser by default BitDefender will not be able to obtain the proxy settings of the current user e Custom Proxy proxy settings that you can configure if you are logged in as an administrator The following settings must be specified Address type in the IP of the proxy server gt Port type in the port BitDefender uses to connect to the proxy server Username type in a user name recognized by the proxy Password type in the valid password of the previously specified user When trying to connect to the Internet each set of proxy settings is tried at a time until BitDefender manages to connect First the set containing your own proxy settings will be used to connect to the Internet If it does not work the proxy settings detected at installation time will be
310. rs list will be automatically marked as SPAM without further processing E mail address Domain name _J overwrite the current list john doe spam com i e address domain Import e mail addresses From Spammers List Here you can add or remove entries from the Spammers list If you want to add an e mail address check the Email address option type in the address and click the amp button The address will appear in the Spammers list Important A Syntax name domain com If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option type in the domain and click the 3J button The domain will appear in the Spammers list Important A Syntax domain com domain com and domain com all the received e mail messages from domain com will be tagged as SPAM domain all the received e mail messages from domain no matter the domain suffixes will be tagged as SPAM com all the received e mail messages having the domain suffix com will be tagged as SPAM Integration into Mail Clients 288 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Warning Do not add domains of legitimate web based e mail services such as Yahoo Gmail Hotmail or other to the Spammers list Otherwise the e mail messages received from any registered user of such a service will be detected as spam If for example you add yahoo com to t
311. rs with administrative rights from changing the Parental Control settings that you configured for a specific user BitDefender will ask you by default to set a password when enabling Parental Control To be the only one that changes the Parental Control settings we recommend to enable password protection This will only protect the Parental Control module but you can set a general settings password from the Expert user interface General gt Settings Would you like to set a password now Password Retype password The password must be at least 8 characters long LJ Don t ask for a password when enabling Parental Control Set Password Protection Parental Control 183 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 To set the password protection do the following 1 Type the password in the Password field 2 Type the password again in the Retype Password field to confirm it 3 Click OK to save the password and close the window Once you set the password if you want to change the Parental Control settings you will be asked to provide the password The other system administrators if any will also have to provide this password in order to change the Parental Control settings Note This password will not protect other BitDefender settings In case you do not set a password and you do not want this window to appear again check Don t ask for a password when enabling Parental Control
312. rses do not replicate themselves but they can be just as destructive One of the most insidious types of Trojan horse is a program that claims to rid your computer of viruses but instead introduces viruses onto your computer The term comes from a story in Homer s Iliad in which the Greeks give a giant wooden horse to their foes the Trojans ostensibly as a peace offering But after the Trojans drag the horse inside their city walls Greek soldiers sneak out of the horse s hollow belly and open the city gates allowing their compatriots to pour in and capture Troy Update A new version of a software or hardware product designed to replace an older version of the same product In addition the installation routines for updates often check to make sure that an older version is already installed on your computer if not you cannot install the update BitDefender has it s own update module that allows you to manually check for updates or let it automatically update the product Virus A program or piece of code that is loaded onto your computer without your knowledge and runs against your will Most viruses can also replicate themselves All computer viruses are manmade A simple virus that can copy Glossary 337 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 itself over and over again is relatively easy to produce Even such a simple virus is dangerous because it will quickly use all available memory and bring the system to a halt An even more dang
313. s The update settings are grouped into 4 categories Update Location Settings Automatic Update Settings Manual Update Settings and Advanced Settings Each category will be described separately 1 Setting Update Locations To set the update locations use the options from the Update Location Settings category Note Configure these settings only if you are connected to a local network that stores BitDefender malware signatures locally or if you connect to the Internet through a proxy server For more reliable and faster updates you can configure two update locations a Primary update location and an Alternate update location By default these locations are the same http upgrade bitdefender com To modify one of the update locations provide the URL of the local mirror in the URL field corresponding to the location you want to change Update 258 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note 9 We recommend you to set as primary update location the local mirror and to leave the alternate update location unchanged as a fail safe plan in case the local mirror becomes unavailable In case the company uses a proxy server to connect to the Internet check Use proxy and then click Proxy Settings to configure the proxy settings For more information please refer to Managing Proxies p 260 27 2 2 Configuring Automatic Update To configure the update process performed automatically by BitDefender use the options in
314. s a wizard that helps you find and fix system vulnerabilities such as outdated software or missing Windows updates For detailed information please refer to section Vulnerability Check Wizard p 64 Overview 24 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 When the Parent profile is selected the Parental Control button allows you to configure the Parental Control settings For more information on how to configure Parental Control please refer to Parental Control p 180 When the Gamer profile is selected the Turn On Off Game Mode button allows you to enable disable Game Mode Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings so as to minimize their impact on system performance e Maintain Your PC is where you can find additional tasks to protect your computer and data Add File to Vault starts the wizard that allows you to store your important files documents privately by encrypting them in special vaulted drives Deep System Scan starts a comprehensive scan of your system for all types of malware My Documents Scan scans for viruses and other malware your most commonly used folders My Documents and Desktop This will ensure the safety of your documents a safe workspace and clean applications running at startup In the upper right corner of the window you can see the Settings button It opens a window where you can change the user interface mode and enable or disable the main settings of BitDefender For deta
315. s click the Windows Start menu and then My Documents e Type the full path of the vault file on the disk For example C Xmy vault bvd 3 Choose a drive letter from the menu When you open the vault a virtual disk drive labeled with the selected letter appears in My Computer 4 Type the desired password to the vault in the Password and Confirm fields Anyone trying to open the vault and access its files must provide the password 5 Select Format drive to format the virtual drive assigned to the vault You must format the drive before you can add files to the vault 6 If you want to change the default size 50 MB of the vault type the desired value in the Vault size field Integration into Windows Contextual Menu 270 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 7 Click Create if you only want to create the vault at the selected location To create and display the vault as a virtual disk drive in My Computer click Create amp Open BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window Note D It may be convenient to save all file vaults to the same location In this way you can find them quicker 29 2 2 Open Vault In order to access and work with the files stored in a vault you must open the vault When you open the vault a virtual disk drive appears in My Computer The drive is labeled with the drive
316. s and conditions You shall not be entitled to a refund from BITDEFENDER or any resellers of BitDefender as a result of termination The terms and conditions concerning confidentiality and restrictions on use shall remain in force even after any termination BITDEFENDER may revise these Terms at any time and the revised terms shall automatically apply to the corresponding versions of the Software distributed with the revised terms If any part of these Terms is found void and unenforceable it will not affect the validity of rest of the Terms which shall remain valid and enforceable In case of controversy or inconsistency between translations of these Terms to other languages the English version issued by BITDEFENDER shall prevail Contact BITDEFENDER at 24 Preciziei Boulevard West Gate Building H2 ground floor Sector 6 Bucharest Romania or at Tel No 40 21 206 34 70 or Fax 40 21 264 17 99 e mail address office bitdefender com End User Software License Agreement xv BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Preface This guide is intended to all users who have chosen BitDefender Internet Security 2010 as a security solution for their personal computers The information presented in this book is suitable not only for computer literates it is accessible to everyone who is able to work under Windows This book will describe for you BitDefender Internet Security 2010 will guide you through the installation process will show you ho
317. s enabled 20 2 1 Checking Visited Websites BitDefender logs by default the websites visited by your children To view the logs click View Logs to open History amp Events and select Internet Log 20 2 2 Configuring E mail Notifications To receive e mail notifications when the Parental Control blocks an activity select Send me an activity report via e mail in the general configuration window of the Parental Control You will be prompted to configure your e mail account settings Click Yes to open the configuration window D Note You can open the configuration window later by clicking Notifications Settings V E mail notifications are enabled Outgoing SMTP Server Sender s e mail address Recipient s e mail address C My SMTP server requires authentification User name Password E mail Settings You must configure your e mail account settings as follows Outgoing SMTP Server type the address ofthe mail server used to send e mail messages Parental Control 187 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e f the server uses a different port than the default port 25 type it in the corresponding field e Sender s e mail address type the address you want to appear in the From field of the e mail e Recipient s e mail address type the address where you want the reports to be e mailed e f the server requires authent
318. s xi crc eee sess nti RR Vor HEETRERSCRE HERE E RBS rr Ra FR ne 52 TEL Antivirus Scam WIZard ces 2o ask pn trt ace dpt hg ton pni nni ata dod 52 TL LL Step 1 3 S6canhlfg 4 sos sich secs ta ani que dede p bn Rr nup bebes pre 52 11 1 2 Step 2 3 Select ActionS sues 6 rhe perm kh be eR b be bas 53 11 1 3 Step 3 3 View ResUulls ia ricordi th ad e FP S I ln e ons 55 11 2 Custom SCAM Wizard eee steep onn p eh qup De pce b Rates autas 56 11 2 1 Step 1 6 Welcome Window 0 cece eect eee eee 56 11 2 2 Step 2 6 Select Targets canes cactec ona he Pon be esee be este 57 11 2 3 Step 3 6 Select ACONES riisde ete bn hei Es RR RERO RES REST 59 11 2 4 Step 4 6 Additional Settings cec ttem beet 62 11 2 5 5t6p 5 6 SCANN auas tatan saeia iae a bs bet ini bes gg pus 62 11 2 6 Step 6 6 View Results ik oh mh PR RF SCR desde err bns 63 11 3 Vulnerability Check Wizard siros mea orit t Eae uti Rd on P OR o ee 64 11 3 1 Step 1 6 Select Vulnerabilities to Check sssessessusse 65 11 3 2 Step 2 6 Checking for Vulnerabilities 00 cece eee eee ee 66 11 3 3 Step 3 6 Update WiINdOWS sax mthi rok humos aun hne duis 67 11 3 4 Step 4 6 Update Applications cece cece 68 11 3 5 Step 5 6 Change Weak Passwords ssssssssss esses 69 11 3 6 Step 6 6 View Results eoe d PER SER rd RU Spe 70 11 4 File Vault Wizards xo sce wane nari p regendis ern ex tb Qna Rr 70 11 4
319. se an option The scan options are grouped into 3 categories e Scan Level Specify the type of malware you want BitDefender to scan for by selecting the appropriate options from the Scan Level category Option Description Scan for viruses Scans for known viruses BitDefender detects incomplete virus bodies too thus removing any possible threat that could affect your system s security Scan for adware Scans for adware threats Detected files will be treated as infected The software that includes adware components might stop working if this option is enabled Scan for spyware Scans for known spyware threats Detected files will be treated as infected Scan for application Scan for legitimate applications that can be used as a spying tool to hide malicious applications or for other malicious intent Scan for dialers Scans for applications dialing high cost numbers Detected files will be treated as infected The software that includes dialer components might stop working if this option is enabled Scan for rootkits Scans for hidden objects files and processes generally known as rootkits e Virus scanning options Specify the type of objects to be scanned file types archives and so on by selecting the appropriate options from the Virus scanning options category Option Description Scan files Scan all files All files are scanned regardless of their type Scan program Only the program files will be scanned This fi
320. se filters in the Settings section from the Antispam module Friends List Spammers List Most people communicate regularly to a group of people or even receive messages from companies or organizations in the same domain By using friends or spammers list you can easily classify which people you want to receive e mail from friends no matter what the message contains or which people you never want to hear from again spammers The Friends Spammers lists can be managed in the Expert Mode interface or from the Antispam toolbar integrated into some of the most commonly used mail clients Note We recommend that you add your friends names and e mail addresses to the Friends list BitDefender does not block messages from those on the list therefore adding friends helps ensure that legitimate messages get through Charset Filter Many spam messages are written in Cyrillic and or Asian charsets The Charset Filter detects this kind of messages and tags them as SPAM Antispam 168 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Image Filter Since avoiding heuristic filter detection has become quite a challenge nowadays inbox folders are full with more and more messages only containing an image with unsolicited content To cope with this growing problem BitDefender introduced the Image filter that compares the image signature from the e mail with those from the BitDefender database In case of a match the e mail will be tagged as SPAM
321. ser holding a user account on the system If you want to use Parental Control follow these steps Installing BitDefender 14 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 Select Enable Parental Control 2 If you are sharing your Windows user account with your children select the corresponding check box and type a password in the corresponding fields to protect the Parental Control settings Anyone trying to change the Parental Control settings must first provide the password that you have configured Click Next to continue 3 2 5 Step 5 Configure BitDefender Network Note D This step appears only if you have specified that the computer is connected to a home network in Step 2 BitDefender Configuration Wizard Home Network Management Configuration BitDefender Internet Security 2010 includes Home Management which enables you to create a virtual network of all the computers in your household and to manage all of the BitDefender products installed in this network You can act as an administrator of a network that you create or you can be part of a network created and managed from another computer Enable Home Network Home Management password Retype password To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area BitDefender Network Configuration BitDefender enab
322. start the BitDefender Rescue CD BitDefender Rescue CD is a BitDefender re mastered Knoppix distribution which integrates the latest BitDefender for Linux security solution into the GNU Linux Knoppix Live CD offering a desktop antivirus which can scan and disinfect existing hard drives including Windows NTFS partitions At the same time BitDefender Rescue CD can be used to restore your valuable data when you cannot boot Windows Note D BitDefender Rescue CD can be downloaded from this location http download bitdefender com rescue_cd 37 1 System Requirements Before booting BitDefender Rescue CD you must first verify if your system meets the following requirements Processor type x86 compatible minimum 166 MHz but do not expect a great performance in this case An i686 generation processor at 800MHz would make a better choice Memory Minimum 512 MB of RAM Memory 1 GB recommended CD ROM BitDefender Rescue CD runs from a CD ROM therefore a CD ROM and a BIOS capable to boot from it is required Internet connection Although BitDefender Rescue CD will run with no Internet connection the update procedures will require an active HTTP link even through some proxy server Therefore for an up to date protection the Internet connection is a MUST Graphical resolution Standard SVGA compatible graphics card Overview 320 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 37 2 Included Software BitDefender Rescue CD includes the
323. ster Allows you to enter a new license key or to view the current license key and the registration status Support Allows you to contact the BitDefender support team Help Gives you access to a help file that shows you how to use BitDefender View Logs Allows you to see a detailed history of all tasks performed by BitDefender on your system 6 2 3 Expert Mode Expert Mode gives you access to each specific component of BitDefender This is where you can configure BitDefender in detail Note 9 Expert Mode is suited for users having above average computer skills who know the type of threats a computer is exposed to and how security programs work Overview 27 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Antivirus Dashboard sees o System info a Overall Status Antispam Parental Control Firewall Privacy Control Vulnerability Encryption Home Network Update Registration Game Laptop Mode No security issues affect the status of this PC Configure Status Tracki Statistics Overview Scanned files Last update 29 06 2009 12 13 18 Disinfected files 1 BitDefender Account Product not activated Infected files detected 8 Registration Trial Last system scan never Expires in Eee Next scan 30 06 2009 02 00 00 File Activity Network Activity The dashboard module displays the product security status together with links to the most important product modules
324. strict access to BitDefender settings General Settings Here you can set the overall behavior of BitDefender By default BitDefender is loaded at Windows startup and then runs minimized in the taskbar 17 2 1 General Settings e Enable password protection for product settings enables setting a password in order to protect the BitDefender configuration Note If you are not the only person with administrative rights using this computer it is recommended that you protect your BitDefender settings with a password If you select this option the following window will appear General 117 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Type the password in the Password field re type it in the Retype password field Please enter here the password that will restrict access to and click OK BitDefender settings The password must be at least 8 characters long Once you have set the password you will be asked for it whenever you want to Pasenord change the BitDefender settings The other Retype password system administrators if any will also have to provide this password in order to Cm Lema change the BitDefender settings Enter password If you want to be prompted for the password only when configuring Parental Control you must also select Ask for Apply password to Parental Control only On the other hand if a password was set only for Parental Control and you unche
325. suit your needs you can create a new scan task which you can then schedule to run as needed How to Schedule Computer Scan 298 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 4 Right click the desired scan task and select Schedule A new window will appear 5 Schedule the task to run as needed e To run the scan task one time only select Once and specify the start date and time e To run the scan task after the system startup select On system startup You can specify how long after the startup the task should start running in minutes e To run the scan task on a regular basis select Periodically and specify the frequency and the start date and time Note 9 For example to scan your computer every Saturday at 2 AM you must configure the schedule as follows a Select Periodically b In the At every field type 1 and then select weeks from the menu In this way the task is run once every week C Set as start date the first Saturday to come d Set as start time 2 00 00 AM 6 Click OK to save the schedule The scan task will run automatically according to the schedule you have defined If the computer is shut down when the schedule is due the task will run the next time you start your computer How to Schedule Computer Scan 299 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Troubleshooting and Getting Help 300 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 35 Troubleshooting This chapter presents some problems you may encounter wh
326. t Add Files to Vault ssi oes aep ikea bittet a bett bt eae 71 11 4 2 Remove Vault Files i haze idee doter Red babel dor hai 76 11 4 3 View File Vault tts ied d ter npn RR qoid Bl bea 81 11 44 Lock File Vault 24er nte bet bare qoin ite di ait 85 Intermediate MOoGG ici eae estate pope Fou va dibsuenteubedsdewennred 89 12 DashbOaltd ccce eto rorckeeupER Peres ere EX eaa oases CORE td 90 13 Security Joi oerte be e nin dee RO RII act e did dn 92 DST Status Area Lace emen exa a ea eph dnt a RS RR URS LRL aa 92 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 13 1 1 Configuring Status Tracking c tcc che e toten c baled s Re ens 93 13 2 QUIGK TASKS i iie cce mper a rne nah aerate sale od don Vl an n e UR e a 95 13 2 1 Updating BitDefender iua nk k e ont cena hon nei aia 95 13 2 2 Scanning with BitDefender 15 55 eroe oa aeta ek denk o ene 96 13 2 3 Searching for Vulnerabilities cocina ce ect rere o s 97 14 Parental cine iios etre trees tot tu a xr dr Muf o d A Ru te 98 14 1 Status Area 2 ser dob ape oo RUE ve QE Sr fe rds had Bhat t eas dine RE t 98 12 2 QUICK Tas KS o5 cocto e qund ied oV Ss aos E GELD EUR D iSc E IN euo n Ad ONES 99 14 2 1 Updating BitDefender ss sii ics osi eer Rr Rem don ee a 99 14 2 2 Scanning with BitDefender 00 c cece cece eee eee 100 15 File VaulE is cour ct edu e phe rh eoe e xeda d Oeo ead ra nies 101 T5 T Status ANCE osse pesa perte PRR Rad hace garden E BuU Ra bru haces 102 15
327. t Make the desired changes in the configuration window To manually add a rule click the Add button and configure the rule parameters in the configuration window 21 4 1 Configuration Window When you edit or manually add a rule the configuration window will appear Privacy Control 210 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Domain Any Domain Select Action Allow Deny Select Direction O outgoing O Incoming Both Select the websites and domains that you accept or reject cookies from Cookies are used to track surfing behavior and other information Note that some sites will not function properly without cookies Select Address Action and Direction You can set the parameters Domain address type in the domain on which the rule should apply Action select the action of the rule Action Description Allow The cookies on that domain will execute Deny The cookies on that domain will not execute Direction select the traffic direction Type Description Outgoing The rule applies only for the cookies that are sent out back to the connected site Incoming The rule applies only for the cookies that are received from the connected site Both The rule applies in both directions a Note You can accept cookies but never return them by setting the action to Deny and the direction to Outgoing Click Finish Privacy Control 211 BitDefende
328. t You must format the drive before you can add files to the vault If you want to change the default size 50 MB of the vault type the desired value in the Vault size field Click Create if you only want to create the vault at the selected location To create and display the vault as a virtual disk drive in My Computer click Create amp Open BitDefender will immediately inform you about the result of the operation If an error has occurred use the error message to troubleshoot the error Click OK to close the window Note It may be convenient to save all file vaults to the same location In this way you can find them quicker Encryption 238 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 24 2 2 Opening a Vault In order to access and work with the files stored in a vault you must open the vault When you open the vault a virtual disk drive appears in My Computer The drive is labeled with the drive letter assigned to the vault To open a vault use any of these methods e Select the vault from the table and click Open vault e Right click the vault in the table and select Open e Right click the vault file on your computer point to BitDefender File Vault and select Open A new window will appear The File Vault full path on disk including the file name and extension H Documents and Settings amirea My Documentsltest vault bvd Drive letter K Password
329. t Security 2010 Antivirus Scan Results Summary Resolved items Unresolved items Password protected items ver compressed items Ignored items Failed items eG 2 items failed to be cleaned This happened because no cleaning routine was available for this type of threat You can find out more about this here www bitdefender com This is the number of items that Failed to be scanned Summary You can see the results summary If you want comprehensive information on the scanning process click View log to view the scan log _ Important A If required please restart your system in order to complete the cleaning process Click Close to close the window BitDefender Could Not Solve Some Issues In most cases BitDefender successfully disinfects the infected files it detects or it isolates the infection However there are issues that cannot be solved In these cases we recommend you to contact the BitDefender Support Team at www bitdefender com Our support representatives will help you solve the issues you are experiencing BitDefender Detected Suspect Files Suspect files are files detected by the heuristic analysis as potentially infected with malware the signature of which has not been released yet If suspect files were detected during the scan you will be requested to submit them to the BitDefender Lab Click OK to send these files to the BitDefender Lab for further analysis Anti
330. t Windows used mainly to troubleshoot problems affecting normal operation of Windows Such problems range from conflicting drivers to viruses preventing Windows to start normally In Safe Mode Windows loads only a minimum of operating system components and basic drivers Only a few applications work in Safe Mode This is why most viruses are inactive when using Windows in Safe Mode and they can be easily removed To start Windows in Safe Mode restart your computer and press the F8 key until the Windows Advanced Options Menu appears You can choose between several options of starting Windows in Safe Mode You might want to select Safe Mode with Networking in order to be able to access the Internet Note For more information on Safe Mode go to the Windows Help and Support Center in the Start menu click Help and Support You can also find useful information by searching the Internet 6 6 Game Mode and Laptop Mode Some computer activities such as games or presentations require increased system responsiveness and performance and no interruptions When your laptop is running on battery power it is best that unnecessary operations which consume additional power be postponed until the laptop is connected back to A C power To adapt to these particular situations BitDefender Internet Security 2010 includes two special operation modes Game Mode e Laptop Mode 6 6 1 Game Mode Game Mode temporarily modifies protection settings s
331. t be prompted again for this password during the current session Home Network 254 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 27 Update New malware is found and identified every day This is why it is very important to keep BitDefender up to date with the latest malware signatures If you are connected to the Internet through broadband or DSL BitDefender takes care of this itself By default it checks for updates when you turn on your computer and every hour after that If an update is detected you may be asked to confirm the update or the update is performed automatically depending on the automatic update settings The update process is performed on the fly meaning that the files to be updated are replaced progressively In this way the update process will not affect product operation and at the same time any vulnerability will be excluded Updates come in the following ways Updates for the antivirus engines as new threats appear the files containing virus signatures must be updated to ensure permanent up to date protection against them This update type is also known as Virus Definitions Update Updates for the antispam engines new rules will be added to the heuristic and URL filters and new images will be added to the Image filter This will help increase the effectiveness of your Antispam engine This update type is also known as Antispam Update Updates for the antispyware engines new spyware signatures will
332. t contains all the e mail addresses from which you always want to receive e mail messages regardless of their content Note 9 Any mail coming from an address contained in the Friends list will automatically be delivered to your Inbox without further processing Integration into Mail Clients 289 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 E mail address Domain name C Overwrite the current list msoe microsoft com i e address domain Import e mail addresses From Friends List Here you can add or remove entries from the Friends list If you want to add an e mail address check the Email address option type in the address and click the amp button The address will appear in the Friends list Important Syntax name domain com If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option type in the domain and click the 3J button The domain will appear in the Friends list Important Syntax domain com domain com and domain com all the received e mail messages from domain com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content domain all the received e mail messages from domain no matter the domain suffixes will reach your Inbox regardless of their content com all the received e mail messages having the domain suffix com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content To import e mail addresses fro
333. t helps prevent future detection errors The Learning Engine analyzes the indicated messages and learns their patterns The next e mail messages that fit the same patterns will not be marked as spam 2 Decrease antispam protection level By decreasing the protection level the antispam filter will need more spam indications to classify an e mail message as spam Try this solution only if many legitimate messages including solicited commercial messages are incorrectly detected as spam 3 Retrain the Learning Engine Bayesian filter Try this solution only if the previous solutions did not offer satisfactory results Troubleshooting 308 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note BitDefender integrates into the most commonly used mail clients through an easy to use antispam toolbar For a complete list of supported mail clients please refer to Supported Software p 2 If you are using a different mail client you cannot indicate detection errors and train the Learning Engine To solve the problem try decreasing the antispam protection level Add Contacts to Friends List If you are using a supported mail client you can easily add the senders of legitimate messages to the Friends list Follow these steps 1 In your mail client select an e mail message from the sender that you want to add to the Friends list 2 Click the amp Add Friend button on the BitDefender antispam toolbar 3 You may be asked to acknowled
334. t to configure its settings follow these steps 1 Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode Go to Antivirus Virus Scan In the list of scan tasks locate the Device Detection Scan task Right click the task and select Open A new window will appear On the Overview tab configure the scanning options as needed On the Detection tab choose which types of storage devices to be detected NOW FBP U N Click OK to save and apply the changes Overview 36 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 7 Fixing Issues BitDefender uses an issue tracking system to detect and inform you about the issues that may affect the security of your computer and data By default it will monitor only a series of issues that are considered to be very important However you can configure it as needed choosing which specific issues you want to be notified about This is how pending issues are notified e A special symbol is displayed over the BitDefender icon in the system tray to indicate pending issues gt Red triangle with an exclamation mark Critical issues affect the security of your system They require your immediate attention and must be fixed as soon as possible gt Yellow triangle with an exclamation mark Non critical issues affect the security of your system You should check and fix them when you have the time Also if you move the mouse cursor over the icon a pop up will confirm the exis
335. tDefender will start scanning the selected objects Antivirus 149 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Antivirus Scan Scan Status Current operation p System HKEY LOCAL MACHINEYSOFTWAR gt D PROGRAM FILES MESSENGER MSGSC DLL Elapsed time 00 00 04 Files Second Scan Statistics Scanned items Skipped items Password protected items Hidden processes Antivirus scanning in progress The section above indicates the progress of this task while the section below indicates statistics on this process By default BitDefender will try to disinfect the items detected as infected Scanning You can see the scan status and statistics scanning speed elapsed time number of scanned infected suspicious hidden objects and other Wait for BitDefender to finish scanning Note The scanning process may take a while depending on the complexity of the scan Password protected archives If BitDefender detects a password protected archive during scanning and the default action is Prompt for password you will be prompted to provide the password Password protected archives cannot be scanned unless you provide the password The following options are available e Password If you want BitDefender to scan the archive select this option and type the password If you do not know the password choose one of the other options e Don t ask for a password and skip this object from scanning Sele
336. tem Requirements 3 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 2 Preparing for Installation Before you install BitDefender Internet Security 2010 complete these preparations to ensure the installation will go smoothly Make sure that the computer where you plan to install BitDefender meets the minimum system requirements If the computer does not meet all the minimum system requirements BitDefender will not be installed or if installed it will not work properly and it will cause system slowdowns and instability For a complete list of system requirements please refer to System Requirements p 2 e Log on to the computer using an Administrator account e Remove any other security software from the computer Running two security programs simultaneously may affect their operation and cause major problems with the system Windows Defender will be disabled by default before installation is initiated e Disable or remove any firewall program that may be running on the computer Running two firewall programs simultaneously may affect their operation and cause major problems with the system Windows Firewall will be disabled by default before installation is initiated Preparing for Installation 4 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 Installing BitDefender You can install BitDefender from the BitDefender installation CD or using the installation file downloaded on your computer from the BitDefender website or from other autho
337. tence of pending issues e When you open BitDefender the Security Status area will indicate the number of issues affecting your system In Intermediate Mode the security status is shown on the Dashboard tab gt In Expert Mode go to General Dashboard to check the security status 7 1 Fix All Issues Wizard The easiest way to fix the existing issues is to follow the step by step Fix All Issues wizard The wizard helps you easily remove any threats to your computer and data security To open the wizard do any of the following Right click the BitDefender icon in the system tray and select Fix All Issues Open BitDefender Depending on the user interface mode proceed as follows gt In Novice Mode click Fix All Issues gt In Intermediate Mode go to the Dashboard tab and click Fix All Issues gt In Expert Mode go to General Dashboard and click Fix All Issues Fixing Issues 37 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Fix All Issues Click on Start to begin fixing these issues Not started Issue BitDefender is not activated Status Skip Not started Update has never been performed Not started This PC has never been scanned for viruses Not started Parental Control is not configured Not started Fix All Issues Wizard The wizard displays the list of existing security vulnerabilities on your computer All current issues are selected to be fixed If there is a
338. ter through the use of file vaults e The file vault is a secured storage space for personal information or sensitive files e The file vault is an encrypted file on your computer with the bvd extension As it is encrypted the data inside it is invulnerable to theft or to a security breach e When you mount this bvd file a new logical partition a new drive will appear It will be easier for you to understand this process if you think of a similar one mounting an ISO image as virtual CD Just open My Computer and you will see a new drive based on your file vault You will be able to do file operations on it copy delete change etc The files are protected as long as they reside on this drive because a password is required for the mounting operation When finished lock unmount your vault in order to start protecting its content You can easily identify the BitDefender file vaults on your computer by the 6 BitDefender icon and the bvd extension D Note This section shows you how to create and manage BitDefender file vaults only using the options provided on the Windows contextual menu You can also create and manage file vaults directly from the BitDefender interface e n Intermediate Mode go to the File Vault tab and use the options from the Quick Tasks area A wizard will help you complete each task For a more straightforward approach switch the user interface to Expert Mode and click Encryption on the left side me
339. th file or folder You can add multiple items to this list Please choose the exclusions For the scanning process carefully and remember that it is not recommended to define exclusions Excluded Paths To specify the paths to be excluded from scanning use either of the following methods e Click Browse select the file or folder that you want to be excluded from scanning and then click Add e Type the path that you want to be excluded from scanning in the edit field and click Add Note If the provided path does not exist an error message will appear Click OK and check the path for validity The paths will appear in the table as you add them You can add as many paths as you want To remove an entry from the table select it and click the Delete button Click Next Antivirus 158 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Step 3 4 Select Scanning Type BitDefender Exclusions Wizard Please choose the scan type Please choose the type of scan exclusion that will be applied to the selected exceptions on demand on access or both Click the text in each cell in the right column of the table below and select the option that best suits your needs Please choose the scan type Selected Objects Both e Please choose the exclusions For the scanning process carefully and remember that it is not recommended to define exclusions Scanning Type You can se
340. th a specified date and time If you want the scan to be repeated at certain intervals select Periodically and type in the Every edit box the number of minutes hours days weeks months indicating the frequency of this process You must also specify the start date and time in the Start Date Time fields On system startup launches the scan atthe specified number of minutes after a user has logged on to Windows Antivirus 145 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click OK to save the changes and close the window To run the task just click Scan 18 2 5 Scanning Files and Folders Before you initiate a scanning process you should make sure that BitDefender is up to date with its malware signatures Scanning your computer using an outdated signature database may prevent BitDefender from detecting new malware found since the last update To verify when the last update was performed go to Update gt Update in Advanced View Note In order for BitDefender to make a complete scanning you need to shut down all open programs Especially your email client i e Outlook Outlook Express or Eudora is important to shut down Scanning Tips Here are some more scanning tips you may find useful Depending on the size of your hard disk running a comprehensive scan of your computer such as Deep System Scan or System Scan may take a while up to an hour or even more Therefore you should run such scans when you do not need to use your
341. the Automatic Update Settings category You can specify the number of hours between two consecutive checks for updates in the Update every field By default the update time interval is set to 1 hour To specify how the automatic update process should be performed select one of the following options Silent update BitDefender automatically downloads and implements the update e Prompt before downloading updates every time an update is available you will be prompted before downloading it e Prompt before installing updates every time an update was downloaded you will be prompted before installing it 27 2 3 Configuring Manual Update To specify how the manual update update by user request should be performed select one of the following options in the Manual Update Settings category Silent update the manual update will be performed automatically in the background without user intervention e Prompt before downloading updates every time an update is available you will be prompted before downloading it 27 2 4 Configuring Advanced Settings To prevent the BitDefender update process from interfering with your work configure the options in the Advanced Settings category Wait for reboot instead of prompting If an update requires a reboot the product will keep working with the old files until the system is rebooting The user will not be prompted for rebooting therefore the BitDefender update process will not
342. the alert window will contain the name of the virus the path to it the action taken by BitDefender and a link to the BitDefender site where you can find more information about it For an infected e mail the alert window will contain also information about the sender and the receiver In case a suspicious file is detected you can launch a wizard from the alert window that will help you to send that file to the BitDefender Lab for further analysis You can type in your e mail address to receive information regarding this report Scan files received sent over IM To scan the files you receive or send using Yahoo Messenger or Windows Live Messenger select the corresponding check boxes Click OK to save the changes and close the window 18 1 3 Configuring Active Virus Control Settings BitDefender Active Virus Control AVC provides a layer of protection against new threats for which signatures have not yet been released It constantly monitors and analyses the behavior of the applications running on your computer and alerts you if an application has a suspicious behavior The AVC can be configured to alert you and prompt you for action whenever an application tries to perform a possible malicious action Antivirus 127 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 If you know and trust the detected application click Allow BitDefender has blocked If you want to immediately close the application potentially malicious or infected ap
343. the e mail address of your account Select one of the available options from the menu e Send me all messages e Send me only product related messages e Don t send me any messages 4 Click Sign in 5 Click Finish to complete the wizard Installing BitDefender 10 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 3 2 Configuration Wizard Once you have completed the registration wizard a configuration wizard will appear This wizard helps you configure the main BitDefender settings and user interface so that they suit your requirements better At the end of the wizard you can update the product files and malware signatures and scan the system files and applications to make sure they are not infected The wizard consists of a few simple steps The number of steps depends on the choices you make All of the steps are presented here but you will be notified when your choices affect their number Completing this wizard is not mandatory however we recommend you do so in order to save time and ensure your system is safe even before BitDefender Internet Security 2010 is installed If you do not want to follow this wizard click Cancel BitDefender will notify you about the components that you need to configure when you open the user interface 3 2 1 Step 1 Select Usage Profile BitDefender Configuration Wizard Welcome to the BitDefender Configuration Wizard This wizard will help you configure BitDefender settings and user interface
344. the level of control you want to have over the product actions Choose which option matches your requirements amp amaa eE atte p Control Basic Settings Control All Settings er Basic User Interface Expert User Interface Minimal Us 3 BitDefender makes all the decisions for You make the most important decisions You make all product decisions you To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area User Interface View Modes Click the button that best describes your computer skills to select an appropriate user interface view mode You can choose to view the user interface under any of three modes depending on your computer skills and on your previous experience with BitDefender Mode Description Novice Mode Suited for computer beginners and people who want BitDefender to protect their computer and data without being bothered This mode is simple to use and requires minimal interaction on your side All you have to do is fix the existing issues when indicated by BitDefender An intuitive step by step wizard assists you in fixing issues Additionally you can perform common tasks such as updating the BitDefender virus signature and product files or scanning the computer Installing BitDefender 13 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Intermediate Mode Aimed at users
345. the link does not imply that BitDefender endorses or accepts any responsibility for the content of the third party site Trademarks Trademark names may appear in this book All registered and unregistered trademarks in this document are the sole property of their respective owners and are respectfully acknowledged BitDefender Internet Security 2010 bitdefender BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Table of Contents End User Software License Agreement ccc ceeee eee eee eee eens xi MIGNON REDE M xvi 1 Conventions Used in This BOOK ue trea cei dada e bob e er xvi 1 1 Typographical Conventions eese cer p mme er PRO rr macer genes xvi 1 2 Admiohitlons i eos edt precor dil eek etae pea d ana dd ed xvi 2 BOOK Structure ocidis adake ea dpi andi doe dod duet n ecd n usu 8 en xvii 3 Request Tor COMMENUS isim tso tpe CP ERO E e d dob ep tia o Meda P RE ed Sls xviii Installation and Removal ossespaxcRa pisei RR RUP MERE MEA PRUMES 1 1 System Requirements l 2 1 1 Minimal System Requirements 000 cece cee urai ete teens 2 1 2 Recommended System Requirements 000s 2 1 3 S pported SOMW ALE su nsan sabes dose eG d dud alain et Qe maid a a aaah a RS 2 2 Preparing for Installation sss 4 3 Installing BitDefender ccc cece ec eeceee eee e eset eee eeeeeeenenee 5 3 1 Registration Wizard serei santat anoen CERVUS RECRUIT UR iain US CU RR RE 7 3 1 1 Step 1 2
346. the list therefore adding friends helps ensure that legitimate messages get through Click Apply and OK to save and close the Friends list e Settings opens the Settings window where you can specify some options for the Antispam module Configure Antispam rule v Move message to Deleted Items v Mark spam e mail messages as read Clear Antispam filter database Use this option only if the Antispam filter has become less efficient x NE p Save Bayes Load Bayes Select this box so that all spam messages will be automatically moved to the Deleted Items folder Settings Integration into Mail Clients 291 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 The following options are available Move message to Deleted Items moves the spam messages to the Deleted Items only for Microsoft Outlook Express Windows Mail Mark message as read marks all the spam messages as read so as not to be disturbing when new spam messages arrive If your antispam filter is very inaccurate you may need to wipe the filter database and retrain the Bayesian filter Click Wipe antispam database to reset the Bayesian database You can save the Bayesian database to a file so that you can use it with another BitDefender product or after reinstalling BitDefender To save the Bayesian database click the Save Bayes button and save it to the desired location The file will h
347. then Yes to confirm Antispam 174 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 You can save the Friends list to a file so that you can use it on another computer or after reinstalling the product To save the Friends list click the Save button and save it to the desired location The file will have a bwl extension To load a previously saved Friends list click the Load button and open the corresponding bwl file To reset the content of the existing list when loading a previously saved list select Overwrite the current list Note 9 We recommend that you add your friends names and e mail addresses to the Friends list BitDefender does not block messages from those on the list therefore adding friends helps ensure that legitimate messages get through Click Apply and OK to save and close the Friends list 19 2 3 Configuring the Spammers List The Spammers list is a list of all the e mail addresses from which you don t want to receive messages regardless of their content Note Any e mail message received from an address contained in the Spammers list will be automatically marked as SPAM without further processing To configure the Spammers list click Manage Spammers or click the amp Spammers button from the Antispam toolbar Antispam 175 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 E mail address Domain name _J overwrite the current list i e address domain Remove Clear List Sa
348. tored on your computer are malware malware free The last system scan A full system scan was started but not completed you started was aborted before it finished Antivirus is in a critical Real time protection is disabled and a system scan state is overdue Update BitDefender monitors if the malware signatures are up to date The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table Issue Description Automatic Update is The malware signatures of your BitDefender product disabled are not being automatically updated on a regular basis The update has not been The malware signatures of your BitDefender product performed for x days are outdated e Firewall BitDefender monitors the status of the Firewall feature If it is not enabled the issue Firewall is disabled will be reported Antispam BitDefender monitors the status of the Antispam feature If it is not enabled the issue Antispam is disabled will be reported Antiphishing BitDefender monitors the status of the Antiphishing feature If it is not enabled for all supported applications the issue Antiphishing is disabled will be reported e Parental Control BitDefender monitors the status of the Parental Control feature If it is not enabled the issue Parental Control is not configured will be reported Vulnerability Check BitDefender keeps track of the Vulnerability Check feature Vulnerability Check lets you know if you need
349. trust level assigned to the adapter indicates how trustworthy the respective network is Based on the trust level specific rules are created for the adapter regarding how the system and BitDefender processes access the network and the Internet You can see the trust level configured for each adapter in the Network Configuration table under the Trust Level column To change the trust level click the arrow from the Trust Level column and select the desired level Trust level Description Full Trust Disable the firewall for the respective adapter Trusted Local Allow all traffic between your computer and computers in the local network Safe Allow sharing resources with computers in the local network This level is automatically set for local home or office networks Unsafe Stop network or Internet computers from connecting to your computer This level is automatically set for public networks if you received an IP address from an Internet Service Provider Blocked Local Block all traffic between your computer and computers in the local network while providing Internet access This trust level is automatically set for unsecured open wireless networks Blocked Completely block network and Internet traffic through the respective adapter 22 2 2 Configuring the Stealth Mode Stealth Mode hides your computer from malicious software and hackers in the network or the Internet To configure the Stealth Mode click the arrow v from the
350. uld disable Automatic Game Mode for regular applications that go to full screen such as web browsers and movie players To manage the game list you can use the buttons placed at the top of the table e Add add a new application to the game list e Remove remove an application from the game list e Edit edit an existing entry in the game list Game Laptop Mode 245 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Adding or Editing Games When you add or edit an entry from the game list the following window will appear Select Game Path Enabled O Disabled Here is where you can add a new game to the game list already defined Add Game Click Browse to select the application or type the full path to the application in the edit field If you do not want to automatically enter Game Mode when the selected application is started select Disable Click OK to add the entry to the game list 25 1 3 Configuring Game Mode Settings To configure the behaviour on scheduled tasks use these options e Enable this module to modify Antivirus scan tasks schedules to prevent scheduled scan tasks from running while in Game Mode You can choose one of the following options Option Description Skip Task Do not run the scheduled task at all Postpone Task Run the scheduled task immediately after you exit Game Mode To automatically disable the BitDefender firewall while
351. urrent Connections lists the current instant messaging connections user ID and associated IM program and whether or not they are encrypted A connection may not be encrypted for these reasons You explicitly disabled encryption for the respective contact Your contact does not have installed a BitDefender version that supports IM encryption 24 1 1 Disabling Encryption for Specific Users To disable encryption for a specific user follow these steps Encryption 235 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 1 Click the Add button to open the configuration window User ID vbscript_someid IM Application Yahoo Messenger O Windows Live MSN Messenger Adding Contacts 2 Type in the edit field the user ID of your contact 3 Select the instant messaging application associated with the contact 4 Click OK 24 2 File Encryption BitDefender File Encryption enables you to create encrypted password protected logical drives or vaults on your computer where you can securely store your confidential and sensitive documents The data stored on the vaults can only be accessed by users who know the password The password allows you to open store data on and close a vault while maintaining its security While a vault is open you can add new files access current files or change them Physically the vault is a file stored on the local hard drive having the bvd extension Although t
352. uter name will appear in the network map Note You can add up to five computers to the network map 16 1 3 Managing the BitDefender Network Once you have successfully created a BitDefender home network you can manage all BitDefender products from a single computer Network 106 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Quick Tasks 10 10 0 1 Didisablenetnoris INTERNET smandache No PC click to add ro ML Lucae Set a settings password on a remote PC No PC c No PC click to add bZ Update at an Runan n demand scan task Es lt a Fix all issues on this PC o u i View History Events m A z i add Update Now aklais D Set Parental Control Profile The Network module displays the BitDefender home network structure grey if home network is not configured Click on Enable Network to start configuring your home Network Map If you move the mouse cursor over a computer from the network map you can see brief information about it name IP address number of issues affecting the system security BitDefender registration status If you right click a computer name in the network map you can see all the administrative tasks you can run on the remote computer e Remove PC from home network Allows you to remove a PC from the network Register BitDefender on this computer Allows you to register BitDefender on this computer by entering a license key Set a settings passwor
353. ve Load Add an e mail address to the current list Spammers List Here you can add or remove entries from the Spammers list If you want to add an e mail address check the Email address option type in the address and click 3j The address will appear in the Spammers list Important Syntax name domain com If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option type in the domain and click amp The domain will appear in the Spammers list A Antispam Important Syntax e domain com domain com and domain com all the received e mail messages from domain com will be tagged as SPAM e domain all the received e mail messages from domain no matter the domain suffixes will be tagged as SPAM com all the received e mail messages having the domain suffix com will be tagged as SPAM Warning Do not add domains of legitimate web based e mail services such as Yahoo Gmail Hotmail or other to the Spammers list Otherwise the e mail messages received 176 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 from any registered user of such a service will be detected as spam If for example you add yahoo com to the Spammers list all e mail messages coming from yahoo com addresses will be marked as spam To delete an item from the list select it and click the Remove button To delete all entries from the list click the Clear list button and then Yes to confirm
354. ve changed after the rule controlling their access was created Signed applications are supposed to be trusted and have a higher degree of security You can check Don t detect changes in digitally signed applications in order to allow changed signed applications to connect to the Internet without your receiving an alert about this event e Show Wi Fi Notifications if you are connected to a wireless network displays informative windows regarding specific network events for example when a new computer has joined the network Block port scans detects and blocks attempts to find out which ports are open Port scans are frequently used by hackers to find out which ports are open on your computer They might then break into your computer if they find a less secure or vulnerable port e Enable strict automatic rules creates strict rules using the firewall alert window With this option selected BitDefender will prompt you for action and create rules for each different process that opens the application requesting network or Internet access Firewall 218 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 e Enable Intrusion Detection IDS activates the heuristic monitoring of the applications trying to access network services or the Internet 22 2 Network To configure the firewall settings go to Firewall gt Network in Expert Mode RN SN m General ener Network Configuration Antivirus PEE
355. virus 153 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 18 2 6 Viewing Scan Logs To see the scan results after a task has run right click the task and select Logs The following window will appear overview Paths Scheduler Wiew Logs Status Date amp Time Summary Scan Logs Here you can see the report files generated each time the task was executed For each file you are provided with information on the status of the logged scanning process the date and time when the scanning was performed and a summary of the scanning results Two buttons are available Delete to delete the selected scan log e Show to view the selected scan log The scan log will open in your default web browser Note Also to view or delete a file right click the file and select the corresponding option from the shortcut menu Click OK to save the changes and close the window To run the task just click Scan Scan Log Example The following figure represents an example of a scan log Antivirus 154 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 BitDefender Log File Windows Internet Explorer JJ E Dripocuments and Settings Fie Edt View Yr e toefender Log Fie Product BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Version BitDefender Antivirus Scanner Scanning task Deep System Scan Log date 29 06 2009 12 42 20 Log path D Documents a
356. w the content of your file vaults Lock File Vault starts the wizard that allows you to lock an open file vault in order to protect its content 1 Add Files to Vault This wizard helps you create a file vault and add files to it in order to safely store them on your computer Step 1 6 Select Target Here you can specify the files or folders to be added to vault Add Files to Vault Add Files to Vault Please click on Add target to select which files must be secured in the File Vault Please note that the files will not be deleted From your hard drive Only a copy of these files will be stored in an encrypted location aW Wizards 71 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Click Add Target select the file or folder that you want to add and click OK The path to the selected location will appear in the Path column If you change your mind about the location just click the Remove button next to it Note You can select one or several locations Click Next Step 2 6 Select Vault This is where you can create a new vault or choose an existing vault Add Files to Vault Select File Vault BitDefender File Vault Functions similar to bank vaults you choose what you want to secure you create a vault with a password you deposit and then you close the vault If this is the first time you use BitDefender File Encryption you will have to create a new File Vault
357. w this message again if you don t want to be prompted for confirmation when you add a spammer s BitDefender added the Following address to the Spammers List add ress to the list msoe microsoft com Rx mal coming from Es scores wil oe eur emencoty mover Ho your spem Click OK to close the window EJ Don t show this message again Add Spammer The future e mail messages from that address will be tagged as SPAM D Note You can select one sender or as many senders as you want i Add Friend adds the sender of the selected e mail to the Friends list Select Don t show this message again if you don t want to be prompted for BitDefender added the Following address to the Friends List confirmation when you add a friend s msoe microsoft com address to the list All mail coming from this address will reach your Inbox regardless of its C i C k Oo K to C ose th e Wi n d OW content Don t show this message again Add Friend You will always receive e mail messages from this address no matter what they contain D Note You can select one sender or as many senders as you want e amp Spammers opens the Spammers list that contains all the e mail addresses from which you don t want to receive messages regardless of their content Integration into Mail Clients 287 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note D Any e mail message received from an address contained in the Spamme
358. w this message again during this session Enter Password Network 104 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 2 Type the home management password and click OK A new window will appear Computer EZ Jasidehash ETT eanescu ET Jeenton E sbadeoe E abarbu ETT ebuzachis EI acalita FE acaita tst IP or Computer Name Add Computer You can see the list of computers in the network The icon meaning is as follows lI Indicates an online computer with no BitDefender products installed Indicates an online computer with BitDefender installed S Indicates an offline computer with BitDefender installed 3 Do one of the following e Select from the list the name of the computer to add e Type the IP address or the name of the computer to add in the corresponding field 4 Click Add You will be prompted to enter the home management password of the respective computer Network 105 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Enter the Home Network Management password for this PC A password is required in order to join or to create a network for security reasons It will guard the access to your computer via the home network Remote password Authenticate 5 Type the home management password configured on the respective computer 6 Click OK If you have provided the correct password the selected comp
359. w to configure it You will find out how to use BitDefender Internet Security 2010 how to update test and customize it You will learn how to get best from BitDefender We wish you a pleasant and useful lecture 1 Conventions Used in This Book 1 1 Typographical Conventions Several text styles are used in the book for an improved readability Their aspect and meaning are presented in the following table sample syntax Syntax samples are printed with monospaced characters http www bitdefender com The URL link is pointing to some external location on http or ftp servers sales bitdefender com E mail addresses are inserted in the text for contact information Preface p xvi This is an internal link towards some location inside the document filename File and directories are printed using monospaced font option All the product options are printed using strong characters The code listing is printed with monospaced sample code listing hardas 1 2 Admonitions The admonitions are in text notes graphically marked bringing to your attention additional information related to the current paragraph Preface xvi BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Note The note is just a short observation Although you can omit it the notes can provide valuable information such as specific feature or a link to some related topic Important A This requires your attention and is not recommended to skip over it Usually it
360. where you can find out the number of issues that are affecting the security of your computer To remove all threats click Fix All Issues This will start the Fix All Issues wizard To configure which modules will be tracked by BitDefender Internet Security 2010 click Configure Status Tracking A new window will appear 9 Configure Status Tracking Antivirus status Enable alerts Update status Enable alerts Firewall status Enable alerts Antispam status Enable alerts Antiphishing status Enable alerts Parental Control status Enable alerts Vulnerability Check status Enable alerts RE RISISIIRSIRSIN Enable alerts File Encryption status Configure Status Tracking If you want BitDefender to monitor a component select the Enable alerts check box for the component The status of the following security components can be tracked by BitDefender e Antivirus BitDefender monitors the status of the two components of the Antivirus feature real time protection and an on demand scan The most common issues reported for this component are listed in the following table Issue Description Real time protection is Files are not scanned as they are accessed by you disabled or by an application running on this system General 113 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 Issue Description You have never scanned An on demand system scan was never performed your computer for to check if files s
361. will automatically be delivered to your Inbox without further processing To configure the Friends list click Manage Friends or click the e Friends button from the Antispam toolbar Antispam 173 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 E mail address Domain name _J overwrite the current list i e address domain Remove Clear List Save Load Add an e mail address to the current list Friends List Here you can add or remove entries from the Friends list If you want to add an e mail address check the E mail address option type in the address and click 31 The address will appear in the Friends list Important Syntax name domain com If you want to add a domain check the Domain name option type in the domain and click amp The domain will appear in the Friends list Important A Syntax e domain com domain com and domain com all the received e mail messages from domain com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content e domain all the received e mail messages from domain no matter the domain suffixes will reach your Inbox regardless of their content com all the received e mail messages having the domain suffix com will reach your Inbox regardless of their content To delete an item from the list select it and click the Remove button To delete all entries from the list click the Clear list button and
362. wing Control key Ctrl Shift key Shift or Alternate key Alt e n the edit field type the letter corresponding to the regular key you want to use For example if you want to use the Ctrl Alt D hotkey you must check only Ctrl and Alt and type D Note 9 Removing the checkmark next to Use HotKey will disable the hotkey 6 Click OK to save the changes Overview 34 BitDefender Internet Security 2010 6 6 2 Laptop Mode Laptop Mode is especially designed for laptop and notebook users Its purpose is to minimize BitDefender s impact on power consumption while these devices are running on battery While in Laptop Mode scheduled scan tasks are not performed as they require more system resources and implicitly increase power consumption BitDefender detects when your laptop has switched to battery power and it automatically enters Laptop Mode Likewise BitDefender automatically exits Laptop Mode when it detects the laptop is no longer running on battery To use Laptop Mode you must specify in the configuration wizard that you are using a laptop If you did not select the appropriate option when running the wizard you can later enable Laptop Mode as follows 1 Open BitDefender 2 Click the Settings button in the upper right corner of the window 3 In the General Settings category select the check box corresponding to Laptop Mode Detection 4 Click OK to save and apply the changes 6 7 Automatic Device Dete
363. work Monitoring Software For more information please refer to the Iptraf homepage Iftop Iftop displays bandwidth usage on an interface For more information please refer to the Iftop homepage MTR MTR is a network diagnostic tool For more information please refer to the MTR homepage PPPStatus PPPStatus displays statistics about the incoming and outgoing TCP IP traffic For more information please refer to the PPPStatus homepage Wavemon Wavemon is a monitoring application for wireless network devices For more information please refer to the Wavemon homepage USBView USBView displays information about devices connected to the USB bus For more information please refer to the USBView homepage Pppconfig Pppconfig helps automatically setting up a dial up ppp connection DSL PPPoe DSL PPPoe configures a PPPoE ADSL connection 1810rotate 1810rotate toggles the video output on i810 hardware using i810switch 1 For more information please refer to the I810rotate homepage Mutt Mutt is a powerful text based MIME mail client For more information please refer to the Mutt homepage Mozilla Firefox Mozilla Firefox is a well known web browser For more information please refer to the Mozilla Firefox homepage Elinks Elinks is a text mode web browser For more information please refer to the Elinks homepage Overview 322 38 BitDefender Rescue CD Howto This chapter contains information on h
364. xtended to 30 days Otherwise BitDefender will no longer update If you have not yet created a BitDefender account click Activate Product to open the account registration window Registration Wizard BitDefender Account To have access to the antimalware updates and technical support activate BitDefender by creating signing in an account Activation can be delayed for 15 days for evaluation versions and for 30 days for registered versions More info http www bitdefender com why_register 8 Create a new account Email address user accounticom 0000000007 password hasta Retype password Confirm password E mailing options sena me all messages z a Sign in previously created account O Register later registration is mandatory To find out more about each option displayed in the BitDefender User Interface please move your mouse over the window Help text will be displayed in this area Account Creation If you do not want to create a BitDefender account at the moment select Register later and click Finish Otherwise proceed according to your current situation e do not have a BitDefender account p 264 e already have a BitDefender account p 265 do not have a BitDefender account To successfully create a BitDefender account follow these steps 1 Select Create a new account 2 Type the required information in the corresponding fields The data you provide
365. y you may want to check if you or someone else configured BitDefender not to mark spam messages as spam a Open BitDefender and switch the user interface to Expert Mode b Click Antispam on the left side menu and then the Settings tab c Make sure option Mark spam messages in subject is selected A possible solution is to repair or reinstall the product However you may want to contact BitDefender for support instead as described in section Support p 316 35 5 BitDefender Removal Failed This article helps you troubleshoot errors that may occur when removing BitDefender There are two possible situations e During removal an error screen appears The screen provides a button to run an uninstall tool that will clean up the system e The removal hangs out and possibly your system freezes Click Cancel to abort the removal If this does not work restart the system If removal fails some BitDefender registry keys and files may remain in your system Such remainders may prevent a new installation of BitDefender They may also affect system performance and stability In order to completely remove BitDefender from your system you must run the uninstall tool If removal fails with an error screen click the button to run the uninstall tool to clean up the system Otherwise proceed as follows 1 Go to www bitdefender com uninstall and download the uninstall tool on your computer Troubleshooting 314 BitDefender Internet
366. you can find links to the most important security tasks adding viewing locking and removing file vaults 15 1 Status Area The current status of a component is indicated using explicit sentences and one of the following icons Green circle with a check mark No issues affect the component Red circle with an exclamation mark Issues affect the component The sentences describing issues are written in red Just click the Fix button corresponding to a sentence to fix the reported issue If an issue is not fixed on the spot follow the wizard to fix it The status area in the File Vault tab offers information regarding the status of the File Encryption module If you want BitDefender to monitor File Encryption click Configure Status Tracking and select the Enable alerts check box 15 2 Quick Tasks The following buttons are available e Add File to Vault starts the wizard that allows you to store your important files documents privately by encrypting them in special vaulted drives For more information please refer to Add Files to Vault p 71 e Remove Vault Files starts the wizard that allows you to erase data from the file vault For more information please refer to Remove Vault Files p 76 e View File Vault starts the wizard that allows you to view the content of your file vaults For more information please refer to View File Vault p 81 Lock File Vault starts the wizard that allows you to
367. zilla Thunderbird spam messages are moved to a Spam folder located in the Trash folder The Spam folder is created during the installation of BitDefender If you use other mail clients you must create a rule to move the e mail messages marked as SPAM by BitDefender to a custom quarantine folder Every e mail that comes from the Internet is first checked with the Friends list Spammers list filter If the sender s address is found in the Friends list the e mail is moved directly to your Inbox Otherwise the Spammers list filter will take over the e mail to verify if the sender s address is on its list The e mail will be tagged as SPAM and moved in the Spam folder located in Microsoft Outlook if a match has been made Else the Charset filter will check if the e mail is written in Cyrillic or Asian characters If so the e mail will be tagged as SPAM and moved in the Spam folder If the e mail is not written in Asian or Cyrillic it will be passed to the Image filter The Image filter will detect all the e mail messages containing attached images with spam content The URL filter will look for links and it will compare the links found with the links from the BitDefender database In case of a match it will add a SPAM score to the e mail The NeuNet Heuristic filter will take over the e mail and will perform a set of tests on all the message components looking for words phrases links or other Antispam 170 BitDefender Internet Secu

Bitdefender Internet Security 2010

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents